10-K

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013

OR

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                  to                 

Commission file number 1-9341

iCAD, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware	02-0377419
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
98 Spit Brook Road, Suite 100, Nashua, New Hampshire	03062
( Address of principal executive offices)	( Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (603) 882-5200

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of Class	Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, $.01 par value	The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12 (g) of the Act:

None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirement for the past 90 days.    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  x    No  ¨.

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large Accelerated filer	¨	Accelerated filer	¨
Non-accelerated filer	¨  (do not check if a smaller reporting company)	Smaller reporting company	x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes  ¨    No  x.

The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant, based upon the closing price for the registrant’s Common Stock on June 28, 2013 was $57,056,137. Shares of voting stock held by each officer and director and by each person who, as of June 28, 2013, may be deemed to have beneficially owned more than 10% of the outstanding voting stock have been excluded. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination of affiliate status for any other purpose.

As of February 24, 2014, the registrant had 10,992,327 shares of Common Stock outstanding.

Documents Incorporated by Reference: Certain portions of the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for its 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by reference into Items 11, 12, 13 and 14 of Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

“Safe Harbor” Statement under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995:

Certain information included in this annual report on Form 10-K that are not historical facts contain forward looking statements that involve a number of known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that could cause the actual results, performance or achievements of the Company to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievement expressed or implied by such forward looking statements. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, the Company’s ability to defend itself in litigation matters, to achieve business and strategic objectives, the risks of uncertainty of patent protection, the impact of supply and manufacturing constraints or difficulties, uncertainty of future sales levels, protection of patents and other proprietary rights, the impact of supply and manufacturing constraints or difficulties, product market acceptance, possible technological obsolescence of products, increased competition, litigation and/or government regulation, changes in Medicare reimbursement policies, risks relating to our existing and future debt obligations, competitive factors, the effects of a decline in the economy or markets served by the Company and other risks detailed in this report and in the Company’s other filings with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). The words “believe”, “demonstrate”, “intend”, “expect”, “estimate”, “anticipate”, “likely”, “seek” and similar expressions identify forward-looking statements. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date the statement was made. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “iCAD”, “Company”, “we”, “our” “registrant”, and “us” means iCAD, Inc. and any consolidated subsidiaries.

PART I

Item 1. Business.

General

iCAD is an industry-leading provider of advanced image analysis, workflow solutions and radiation therapy for the early identification and treatment of cancer. The Company reports in two operating segments, Cancer Detection (“Detection”) and Cancer Therapy (“Therapy”).

The Company has grown primarily through acquisitions including Qualia Computing Inc, and its subsidiaries, including CADx Systems, Inc, 3TP LLC d/b/a CAD Sciences, Inc. (“CAD Sciences”) and its subsidiary Xoft, Inc. (“Xoft”) to become a broad player in the oncology market. In the Detection segment, the Company’s industry-leading solutions, include advanced image analysis and workflow solutions that enable healthcare professionals to better serve patients by identifying pathologies and pinpointing the most prevalent cancers earlier, a comprehensive range of high-performance, upgradeable Computer-Aided Detection (“CAD”) systems and workflow solutions for mammography, Magnetic Resonance Imaging (“MRI”) and Computed Tomography (“CT”). The Therapy segment includes the Xoft Axxent Electronic Brachytherapy system, an isotope-free cancer treatment platform technology.

2

The Company has established itself as an industry-leading provider of CAD solutions for mammography. iCAD offers a comprehensive range of high-performance upgradeable products for use with mammography, including digital radiography and computed radiography. These solutions enable radiologists to better serve patients by identifying pathologies and pinpointing cancers. Early detection of cancer is a key to better prognosis, less invasive treatment and lower treatment costs, and higher survival rates. Performed as an adjunct to a mammography screening, CAD quickly became a standard of care in breast cancer detection, helping radiologists improve clinical outcomes while enhancing workflow. Since iCAD received U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) clearance for its first breast cancer detection product in January 2002, more than 4,700 iCAD systems have been placed in healthcare sites worldwide.

iCAD is also applying its patented detection technology and algorithms to the development of CAD solutions for use with virtual colonoscopy or CT Colonography (“CTC”) to improve the detection of colonic polyps. The Company’s pattern recognition and image analysis expertise are readily applicable to colonic polyp detection and the Company has developed a CTC CAD solution. The Company completed clinical testing of its CTC CAD product in the first quarter of 2009 and in August 2010 became the first CAD technology product to receive FDA clearance for use with CTC.

In July 2012, iCAD entered into a strategic partnership agreement with Invivo Corp., a division of Philips Healthcare. With this agreement, iCAD began developing the DynaCAD product software for breast and prostate MR image analysis workstations to help radiologists find cancer earlier and more efficiently. Invivo sells the DynaCAD product both directly and through Philips Healthcare’s global distribution network

The acquisition of Xoft brought an isotope-free cancer treatment platform technology to the Company’s product line. Xoft designs, develops, manufactures, markets and sells electronic brachytherapy products for the treatment of breast, gynecological and non-melanoma skin cancer, and for the treatment of other cancers or conditions where radiation therapy is indicated, and is used in a broad range of clinical settings. The portable Xoft Axxent eBx system (“Xoft eBx system”) which delivers electronically controlled radiation therapy directly to cancer sites with minimal radiation exposure to surrounding healthy tissue is FDA-cleared. Electronic brachytherapy is a type of brachytherapy that utilizes a miniaturized high dose rate X-ray source to apply radiation directly to the cancerous site. The goal is to direct the radiation dose to the size and shape of the cancerous area, sparing healthy tissue and organs. The Xoft technology delivers similar clinical dose rates to traditional radioactive systems. Electronic Brachytherapy can be delivered during an operative procedure and may be used for Accelerated Partial Breast Irradiation (“APBI”) which delivers the full course of radiation over a course of five days. Additionally, the Xoft eBx system is used for the treatment of non-melanoma skin cancers – primarily Basal Cell Carcinoma and Squamous Cell Carcinoma through the use of surface applicators as well as endometrial and cervical cancer. This technology enables radiation oncology departments in hospitals, clinics and physician offices to perform traditional radiotherapy treatments and provide advanced treatments such as Intraoperative Radiation Therapy (“IORT”). Current customers of the Xoft eBx system include university research and community hospitals, private and governmental institutions, doctors’ offices, cancer care clinics, and veterinary facilities and strategic partnerships with radiation oncology service providers that enable the supervised delivery of the technology in dermatologist offices.

3

In the Therapy segment the Company offers an isotope-free cancer treatment platform technology. The Xoft Electronic Brachytherapy System (“Xoft eBx”) can be used for the treatment of early- stage breast cancer, endometrial cancer, cervical cancer and non-melanoma skin cancer. The Company believes the Xoft eBx system platform indications represent strategic opportunities in the United States and International markets to offer differentiated treatment alternatives. In addition, the Xoft eBx system generates additional recurring revenue for the sale of consumables and related accessories which will continue to drive growth in this segment.

The Company intends to continue the extension of its image analysis and clinical decision support solutions for mammography, MRI and CT imaging. iCAD believes that advances in digital imaging techniques should bolster its efforts to develop additional commercially viable CAD/advanced image analysis and workflow products. CAD for breast tomosynthesis is an emerging area which the Company believes which will provide additional benefits for early breast cancer detection. The Company’s belief is that early detection in combination with earlier targeted intervention provides patients and care providers with the best tools available to achieve better clinical outcomes resulting in a market demand that will drive iCAD’s top line growth.

The iCAD website is www.icadmed.com. At this website the following documents are available at no charge: annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”), as soon as reasonably practicable after the Company electronically files such material with, or furnishes it to, the SEC. The information on the website listed above, is not and should not be considered part of this annual report on Form 10-K and is not incorporated by reference in this document.

The Company is headquartered in Nashua, New Hampshire with research and development (“R&D”) centers located in Fairborn, Ohio and San Jose, California. The San Jose, California facility is also the design, and manufacturing facility for a portion of the Company’s Xoft products.

Strategy

iCAD is evolving from a business focused on image analysis for the early detection of cancers to a broader player in the oncology market. The Company’s belief is that early detection in combination with earlier targeted intervention provides patients and healthcare providers with the best tools available to achieve better clinical outcomes resulting in a market demand that will drive market adoption for iCAD’s solutions. The Company intends to provide customers with a broader portfolio of oncology solutions that address four key stages of the cancer care cycle: detection, diagnosis, treatment and monitoring.

The acquisition of Xoft was a transformative event for the Company. The Xoft eBx system is a disruptive radiation oncology treatment solution with significant cost, mobility, and treatment time advantages over its competitors. While the primary application of this system today is localized breast cancer treatment using a ten to fifteen minute breast Intraoperative Radiation Therapy (IORT) protocol, the Xoft eBx system platform can be used to treat a wide and growing array of additional cancers, including gynecological and non-melanoma skin cancers.

4

The Company believes that the Xoft eBx system is uniquely well positioned to offer a differentiated treatment alternative for the approximately 110,000 annual new cases of early stage breast cancer in the U.S. The Xoft eBx system does not require a shielded environment and is relatively small in size, which means that it can easily be transported for use in virtually any clinical setting (including the operating room where IORT is delivered) under radiation oncology supervision. The Xoft System may also be used for Accelerate Partial Breast Irradiation (APBI), which can be delivered twice daily for five days. Along with the growing body of clinical evidence in support of breast IORT, there is considerable economic momentum behind the Xoft eBx system for IORT as the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (“CMS”) recently enacted increasingly more favorable hospital and physician reimbursement, effective January 1, 2014.

The Company views the additional Xoft eBx system platform indications as important opportunities in both the U.S. and international markets. Basal and Squamous Cell Carcinoma are two of the most prevalent types of skin cancer in the US. The Xoft eBx system, which utilizes an isotope-free miniaturized x-ray radiation source, enables radiation oncologists and dermatologists to collaborate in offering their patients a non-surgical treatment option that is particularly appropriate for certain challenging lesion locations on the ear, face and neck. The Company views the additional Xoft eBx system platform indications as important opportunities in both the U.S. and international markets. The Xoft eBx system is also marketed for gynecological cancers including endometrial cancer and in 2013 the Company received FDA clearance for a new application for the treatment of cervical cancer. Vaginal cancer is the fourth most common cancer affecting women worldwide and cervical cancer incidence rates outside of the US are very high due to inadequate penetration of screening modalities. The Company believes an additional strategic growth opportunity exists in the application of the Xoft eBx system for the treatment of other cancers beyond breast cancer in the IORT setting including integration with minimally invasive surgical techniques and systems

The Company intends to address the detection and diagnosis stages of the cancer care cycle through continued extension of its image analysis and clinical decision support solutions for mammography, MRI and CT imaging. iCAD believes that advances in digital imaging techniques should bolster its efforts to develop additional commercially viable CAD/advanced image analysis and workflow products. CAD for breast tomosynthesis is an emerging area which the Company believes which will provide additional benefits for early breast cancer detection.

The Company applys its patented detection technology, pharmacokinetics, and algorithms to products used to detect disease states where pattern recognition, image analysis, and clinical efficiency play a pivotal role. For breast imaging, the Company is developing CAD solutions for tomosynthesis (3-D mammography) and a next-generation of breast MR image analysis workstations to help radiologists find cancer earlier and more efficiently. The Company believes that CAD for tomosynthesis has the potential to help radiologists better detect cancer and manage the workflow issues created by large 3D tomosynthesis datasets. The pharmacokinetics or second generation kinetics technology complements iCAD’s core competency in morphology (anatomy) based CAD solutions providing a platform for iCAD to produce next-generation MRI products delivering both kinetics and morphology technology in a single CAD solution. For colorectal cancer screening, iCAD has developed a CAD solution to help radiologists detect colonic polyps during their review of virtual CTC exams.

5

The Company believes that MR image analysis for prostate imaging continues to represent a growth opportunity. Nearly one in six men over age 40 becomes afflicted with prostate cancer in the U.S. and 10% of those cases are expected to be fatal. Current standards for detecting prostate cancer are considered by many medical professionals, to be antiquated and subject to accuracy issues. The current Prostate Specific Antigen blood test has a false negative rate approaching 15%, while only approximately 25% of men with abnormal tests actually have cancer. Biopsies miss at least 20% of all malignancies and underestimate the disease aggressiveness in up to 30% of men. Scientific evidence is growing that advanced imaging technologies will improve early detection, eliminate unnecessary procedures, and provide accurate image guidance for biopsies.

Existing Markets

Radiation therapy is the medical use of ionizing radiation, generally as part of cancer treatment to control or kill malignant cells. Radiation therapy may be curative in a number of types of cancer if the cancer cells are localized to one area of the body. It may also be used as part of curative therapy to prevent tumor recurrence after surgery to remove a primary malignant tumor (for example, early stages of breast cancer). The clinical goal in radiation oncology is to deliver the highest radiation dose possible directly to the tumor to kill the cancer cells while minimizing radiation exposure to healthy tissue surrounding the tumor in order to limit complications and side effects. Global incidence rates of new cancer cases are rising, primarily due to aging populations and changing lifestyle habits. However, survival rates are also improving as a result of earlier detection and enhanced treatment options. The global number of new cancer cases diagnosed is projected to increase from 13 million in 2008 to greater than 21 million in 2030, according to the International Agency for Research on Cancer.

The three main segments of radiation therapy are external beam radiation therapy (“EBRT”), brachytherapy or sealed source radiation therapy, and systemic radioisotope therapy or unsealed source radiotherapy. The differences relate to the position of the radiation source; external is outside the body, brachytherapy uses sealed radioactive sources placed precisely in the treatment area, and systemic radioisotopes are given by infusion or oral ingestion. Brachytherapy uses temporary or permanent placement of radioactive sources. Conventional EBRT typically involves multiple treatments of a tumor in up to fifty radiation sessions (fractions). In the case of brachytherapy, radiation of healthy tissues further away from the sources is reduced. In addition, if the patient moves or if there is any tumor movement within the body during treatment, the radiation source(s) retain their correct position in relation to the tumor. These aspects of brachytherapy offer advantages over EBRT in that brachytherapy is able to direct high doses of radiation to the size and shape of the cancerous area while sparing healthy tissue and organs. Brachytherapy is commonly used as an effective treatment for endometrial, cervical, prostate, breast, and skin cancer, and can also be used to treat tumors in many other body sites. Electronic Brachytherapy is a type of radiotherapy that utilizes a miniaturized high dose rate X-ray source to apply radiation directly to the cancerous site. The Xoft eBx system is a proprietary electronic brachytherapy platform designed to deliver isotope-free (non-radioactive) radiation treatment in virtually any clinical setting without the limitations of radionuclides.

The process for delivering radiation therapy principally involves a radiation oncologist, a medical physicist responsible for planning the treatment and performing appropriate quality assurance procedures and, in certain instances, other related physicians depending upon the type of cancer e.g. a breast surgeon for breast cancer, a dermatologist for skin cancer, a gynecologist for endometrial or cervical cancer.

6

Breast cancer is a primary market for the use of radiation therapy. Globally, the incidence rate for breast cancer reached 1.67 million new cases annually in 2012, according to the World Health Organization GLOBOCAN 2012. Treatment options have progressed significantly over the past several years from mastectomy to breast conserving surgery which typically includes lumpectomy followed by a course of radiation therapy. Techniques for the delivery of radiotherapy associated with breast conserving surgery have evolved from focusing on 5-7 weeks of EBRT to APBI which reduces the protocol to 10 fractions over 5 days to IORT which delivers a complete dose of radiation during surgery for appropriately selected patients. This trend toward hypo-fractionation reflects market demand for more cost-efficient, flexible, and less resource intensive treatment options that also offer significant patient access advantages. Electronic Brachytherapy, due to its isotope-free energy source and thus minimal shielding requirements, is particularly well suited to IORT.

Another key market for Electronic Brachytherapy is non-melanoma skin cancer; Squamous cell and Basal cell carcinoma are the two main types of skin cancers appropriate for treatment with the Xoft System. With more than 2.8 million new cases in the U.S. each year, Basal cell carcinoma is the most common type of skin cancer. The squamous cell variation is the second most prevalent type with approximately 700,000 new cases per year in the U.S. Appropriately selected patients with either type may be eligible for treatment with electronic brachytherapy – especially those lesions in difficult to treat locations anatomical locations such as the ear, nose, and neck. The Xoft eBx System provides an ideal alternative for patients with contraindications to surgery or who prefer a non-invasive option. Electronic Brachytherapy provides convenience and a cost effective, highly mobile therapeutic option that can be delivered in virtually any office setting with minimal shielding.

Mammography CAD systems use sophisticated algorithms to analyze image data and mark suspicious areas in the image that may indicate cancer. The locations of the abnormalities are marked in a manner that allows the reader of the image to reference the same areas in the original mammogram for further review. The use of CAD aids in the detection of potential abnormalities for the radiologist to review. After initially reviewing the case films or digital images, a radiologist reviews the CAD results and subsequently re-examines suspicious areas that warrant a second look before making a final interpretation of the study. The radiologist determines if a clinically significant abnormality exists and whether further diagnostic evaluation is warranted. As a medical imaging tool, CAD is most prevalent as an adjunct to mammography given the documented success of CAD for detecting breast cancer.

Approximately 39 million mammograms were performed in the U.S. in 2013. Although mammography is the most effective method for early detection of breast cancer, studies have shown that an estimated 20% or more of all breast cancers go undetected in the screening stage. More than half of the cancers missed are due to observational errors. CAD, when used in conjunction with mammography, has been proven to help reduce the risk of these observational errors by as much as 20%. Earlier cancer detection typically leads to more effective, less invasive, and less costly treatment options which ultimately should translate into improved

7

patient survival rates. CAD, as an adjunct to mammography screening, is reimbursable in the U.S. under federal and most third party insurance programs. This reimbursement provides economic support for the acquisition of CAD products by women’s healthcare providers. Market growth has also been driven in recent years by the introduction of full field digital mammography (“FFDM”) systems.

In the U.S., approximately 8,700 facilities (with approximately 13,000 mammography systems) were certified to provide mammography screening in 2013. Historically, these centers have used conventional film-based medical imaging technologies to capture and analyze breast images. Of the 8,700 certified facilities, to date approximately 93% have acquired FFDM systems. A FFDM system generates a digital image eliminating film used in conventional mammography.

While a double reading protocol is currently advocated as a standard of care in most European countries, this is not the standard protocol in the United States. Double reading requires substantially more resources, which are often not available due to the shortage of mammographers. In view of the frequency of missed cancers and of the lack of resources for double reading as a standard of care, CAD in combination with review by a single radiologist is an alternative to double reading of mammography and may further reduce breast cancer mortality.

Based on the report published by the European Commission in April 2012, breast cancer is one of the most prevalent forms of cancer and it is also responsible for the most cancer-related deaths among women in the European Union (“EU”). The number of expected breast cancer cases based on the 2012 report was expected to continue to rise as the incidence of cancer increases steeply with age and life expectancy. According to the European Parliamentary Group on Breast Cancer, they expect approximately 425,000 new breast cancer cases will be reported and over 129,000 deaths per year. On average one out of every 10 women in the EU is expected to develop breast cancer at some point in her life. As a result, most countries in Western Europe have or are planning to implement mammography screening programs resulting in an expected increase in the number of mammograms performed in the coming years.

Market Size and Share

GlobalData projects the FFDM sector will grow at a compound annual growth rate of 8% and reach $1.3 billion in 2017.

Frost and Sullivan predicted the use of MRI in the management of breast cancer volumes will heighten to 3 million by 2014. More than 7,000 MRI systems could be used for breast MRI procedures today. Merge Healthcare, Inc. (formerly Confirma, Inc. acquired by Merge Healthcare in September 2009) and Invivo Corporation have been and currently remain the market leaders in breast MR image analysis.

In addition, IMV, a market research company, estimated that 1.1 million patients were treated with radiation therapy in 2009. According to the same study, the top indication treated was breast MRI procedures at 24% of all procedures. U.S. sales of brachytherapy products were $240 million in 2008 and are expected to increase to $1,979 million by 2016 as estimated by the market research firm Bio-tech Systems, Inc.

8

New Market Opportunities

Radiation Therapy: Electronic Brachytherapy

Radiation therapy is an important tool in the fight against cancer. When radiation interacts with a cell, it alters the cell’s DNA (or genetic make-up) and its ability to reproduce, which ultimately leads to cell death. eBx is a form of radiation therapy that is delivered directly at the location of the tumor and targets and kills cancer cells.

The Xoft eBx system utilizes a miniaturized high dose rate yet low energy X-ray source to apply radiation directly to the cancerous site. The goal is to direct the radiation dose to the size and shape of the cancerous area while sparing healthy tissue and organs. The Xoft technology delivers clinical dose rates similar to traditional radio-active systems. However, because of the electronic nature of the Xoft technology, the dose fall off is much faster, thus lowering the radiation exposure outside of the prescription area. Given this rapid dose fall off, there is no need for a leaded vault as compared to traditional radiation therapy, enabling the Xoft eBx system to be transported to different locations within the same facility or between multiple facilities.

Electronic Brachytherapy can be delivered during an operative procedure and may be used as a primary or secondary modality over a course of days. This technology enables radiation oncology departments in hospitals, clinics and physician offices to perform traditional radiotherapy treatments and offer advanced treatments such as IORT. Current customers of the Xoft eBx system include university research and community hospitals, private and governmental institutions, doctors’ offices, cancer care clinics, and veterinary facilities.

Of the approximately 297,000 women who are diagnosed with breast cancer every year in the U.S., the majority or 60% are diagnosed with early stage breast cancer. About 60% of early stage breast cancers qualify as candidates for treatment with eBx. Currently about 80% of early stage breast cancer patients that are treated with radiation therapy follow a 5-7 week daily protocol of traditional external beam radiation and 20% are treated with a 5-day protocol using brachytherapy.

Breast cancer is a relatively common disease, and is often treatable by surgery, followed by radiotherapy with an additional therapy such as chemotherapy and/or hormonal therapy. Early detection has led to earlier diagnosis with small, early stage diseases that can be removed by local excision rather than a complete mastectomy. Microscopic cancerous cells can be present and easily managed with the application of radiotherapy. The protocol in the recent past for most women included a day procedure for a lumpectomy and 5-7 weeks daily for radiation. IORT allows the physician to treat the remaining breast tissue in the operating room while the patient is still under anesthesia, eliminating the need for 5-7 weeks of daily traditional radiation therapy.

9

In a scientific paper presented at the 2010 ASCO Meeting, Dr. Jayant Vaidya of the University College London, UK, concluded that in the 2,200 patient multinational clinical trial (TARGIT-A trial) IORT, generated with 50 kV electronic brachytherapy, is equivalent to conventional external beam radiotherapy. In December 2012, Dr. Vaidya presented five-year follow up data on the TARGIT-A trial at a forum in conjunction with the San Antonio Breast Cancer Symposium. Following this presentation, in November 2013 the Lancet online published the five-year update results of the TARGIT-A trial. The updated results of the trial demonstrated that local recurrence rates in the TARGIT (IORT) group were within the non-inferiority boundary when compared to the results in the group who received external beam radiation therapy and that mortality rates from other causes than breast cancer were lower in the TARGIT (IORT) group. In addition, the data revealed that at five years, the local recurrence rate in patients who were treated with IORT ‘concurrent’ with lumpectomy was 1% greater (2.3%) than the recurrence rate for patients who received traditional external beam radiation therapy (1.3%).

Importantly, the reimbursement landscape for IORT has improved substantially in the past few years. In 2011, the American Medical Association (AMA) established category 1 CPT codes for IORT based on strong clinical evidence and a clear economic advantage relative to alternative treatment options including external beam radiotherapy. Following this significant development, in October 2012 the Centers for Medicaid and Medicare Services (CMS) unpackaged the IORT treatment delivery code and assigned it to a payment value associated with stereotactic radiosurgery. These codes and payment values became effective beginning January 2013. For 2014, CMS raised the payment value for the IORT treatment delivery code by 27% and overall IORT reimbursement increased in relation to the latter part of 2013.

Non-melanoma skin cancer is considered an epidemic in the US with over 3.6 million cases diagnosed annually. Of those cases, approximately 20-30% have specific diagnoses and lesion characteristics that make them potential candidates for electronic brachytherapy treatment. The Xoft System is a viable alternative treatment option for patients with lesions in cosmetically challenging locations (ear, nose, scalp, neck), locations that experience difficulties in healing (lower legs, upper chest, fragile skin), patients on anticoagulants or with pacemakers, and patients who are anxious about surgery. To date, the Xoft System has been used to successfully treat over 3,000 NMSC patients.

The Xoft System is the only electronic brachytherapy system with peer reviewed published clinical data. Since July of 2009, Dr, Ajay Bhatnagar, Radiation Oncologist at Cancer Treatment Services Arizona in Casa Grande, AZ has been conducting a clinical study on NMSC patients treated with the Xoft System. In October 2012, Dr. Bhatnagar presented results of his study at the annual meeting of the American Society for Radiation Oncology (ASTRO). With a mean follow-up of 11 months – but as long as 38 months after treatment – Dr. Bhatnagar reported no recurrences among 122 patients with171 lesions. At ASTRO 2013, Dr. Bhatnagar presented follow up data on his study: “Electronic Brachytherapy for the Treatment of Nonmelanoma Skin Cancer: Results at 3 Years”. This update included 187 subjects with 275 lesions treated. At the mean follow up of 10 months, Dr. Bhatnagar reported excellent (93%) cosmesis up to 3-years post-treatment, low toxicity, and no recurrences.

10

The reimbursement environment in the U.S. for the treatment of NMSC with the use of the Xoft System continues to be favorable on a regional basis. In 2013, the number of U.S. states that have affirmative payment coverage policies for Medicare patients who are suitable candidates for electronic brachytherapy increased to 16 from 10 – primarily in the West, Northwest and Midwest regions. Reimbursement is provided through a Category III electronic brachytherapy treatment delivery CPT code along with various other medical physics and treatment-planning CPT codes.

Gynecological cancers are also appropriate for treatment with electronic brachytherapy. There are approximately 50,000 new cases of endometrial cancer each year in the U.S. and nearly 300,000 new cases worldwide. Cervical cancer is highly prevalent in the developing world and there are 100,000 new cases per year in China alone. Additionally, electronic brachytherapy is appropriate for use in other IORT clinical settings where surgical resection is unable to completely eliminate all cancer cells. In the U.S. and International settings, IORT for pelvic, gastrointestinal, abdominal, spinal, and soft tissue sarcoma applications remains a potential market given the minimal shielding requirements associated with this treatment modality. The growth of minimally invasive surgery, estimated to be 30-40% of all surgical procedures currently in the U.S., is expected to accelerate the adoption of compatible eBx systems.

Breast Tomosynthesis

Breast Tomosynthesis was introduced in the United States in 2010 by Hologic, Inc. Several other companies, including GE, Siemens, and Giotto, have released breast tomosynthesis products in Europe and are currently working on receiving FDA approval. Tomosynthesis has been demonstrated to have multiple advantages over traditional 2D mammography. It has improved tissue visualization and detection and results in lower recall rates for patients. Tomosynthesis is considered to provide better comfort for the patient as the patient’s breast is positioned in the same manner as in the traditional mammograms, but the pressure applied is lower. Tomosynthesis is said to improve the sensitivity and specificity of cancer diagnosis along with lower radiation dose per examination when compared to mammography. Clinical studies indicate that diagnostic breast tomosynthesis improves the ability to distinguish malignant from benign tumor and can deduct early signs of cancer hidden by overlapping tissues. This helps reduce the overall number of biopsies performed and the call back rates. Initial studies have indicated that tomosynthesis has the ability to reveal 16% more cancers than conventional mammography and it also reduces false-positives by 85% (Frost and Sullivan Market Insight Report, “Tomosynthesis: The Next Wave in Digital Breast Imaging?” May 10 2007).

Tomosynthesis represents a significant opportunity to the current mammography installed base of over 12,000 systems. It has been estimated that 83% of digital sites will convert to tomosynthesis over the next 5-7 years. The U.S. tomosynthesis market opportunity is estimated to consist of 10,000 systems. Hologic is estimated to have sold 750 systems by the end of Q3 2013; this represents a 7% market penetration (Hologic, NASDAQ OMX 29^th Investor Program, December 4 2012; Hologic Management Discusses Q4 2013 Results – Earnings Call Transcript, November 11, 2013).

11

CAD technology can play an important role in improving the accuracy and efficiency of reading breast tomosynthesis cases by automatically identifying breast masses and microcalcifications. The Company is currently developing a CAD technology to aid radiologists in their review of breast tomosynthesis as a means of improving lesion detection and reducing the time to read the large tomosynthesis datasets. The Company believes that CAD could become an important adjunct to breast tomosynthesis.

Computed Tomography Applications and Colonic Polyp Detection

CT is a well-established and widely used imaging technology that has evolved rapidly over the last few years. CT equipment is used to image cross-sectional “slices” of various parts of the human body. When combined, these “slices” provide detailed volumetric representations of the imaged areas. The use of multi-detectors in CT equipment has progressed in just a few years from 4 slices to 8, 16, 64 slices and beyond, resulting in vastly improved image quality. The image quality improvements resulting from the increased number of slices per procedure and greatly increased imaging speeds have expanded the use of CT imaging in both the number of procedures performed as well as the applications for which it is utilized. It was estimated by IMV that over 85.3 million CT procedures were performed in 2011 in the U.S. alone with an installed base of approximately 13,775 scanners at 8,500 locations. While the increased number of cross sectional slices provides important and valuable diagnostic information, it adds to the challenge of managing and interpreting the large volume of data generated. The Company believes that the challenges in CT imaging present it with opportunities to provide automated image analysis and clinical decision support solutions.

According to data from the American Cancer Society, it is estimated that over 50,000 Americans will die from colorectal cancer and 136,000 people will be diagnosed with colon cancer in 2014. It is the third leading cause of cancer deaths in spite of being highly preventable with early identification and removal of colorectal polyps. Several techniques including optical colonoscopy, which involves visualizing the inside of the colon with a specialized scope, exist for the early identification of polyps. More than 101 million Americans are age 50 and older, the recommended age for colorectal cancer screening. However, this technique remains highly underutilized with less than half of this population being tested. This reluctance can be directly linked to patients’ general discomfort with the invasive nature of this screening procedure.

Abundant research has been performed and CT techniques have evolved over more than a decade, to the point where CTC, as it is performed today, has demonstrated itself as a valid and highly effective screening tool for colorectal cancer. ACRIN’s large multi-center National CT Colonography Trial of a screening population published in the September 18, 2008 issue of the New England Journal of Medicine demonstrated that CTC is highly accurate for the detection of intermediate and large polyps and that the accuracy of CTC is similar to colonoscopy. In March of 2008, new consensus guidelines for screening for colorectal cancer (“CRC”) were jointly issued by the American Cancer Society (“ACS”), the American College of Radiology (ACR), and the U.S. Multi-Society Task Force on CRC. The guidelines include recommendations for the use of CTC for CRC screening. Most surveys of patients that have had both traditional colonoscopy and CTC have also shown greater patient preference for CTC with most patients preferring continued CTC surveillance over traditional colonoscopic surveillance. The Company believes that the ACRIN Study coupled with the 2008 consensus guidelines for screening for CRC are likely to increase the utilization of CTC

12

CTC is a less invasive technique than traditional colonoscopy for imaging the colon. CTC is performed with standard CT imaging of the abdomen while the colon is distended after subjecting the patient to a colon cleansing regimen. Specialized software from third party display workstation and picture archiving and communication system (“PACS”) vendors is then used to reconstruct and visualize the internal surface of the colon and review the CT slices. The process of reading a CTC exam can be lengthy and tedious as the interpreting physician is often required to traverse the entire length of the colon multiple times. CAD technology can play an important role in improving the accuracy and efficiency of reading CTC cases by automatically identifying potential polyps. CAD technology has been developed to aid radiologists in their review of CTC images as a means of improving polyp detection. The Company believes that CAD could become an important adjunct to CTC.

Three insurance procedure codes for CTC were approved and became effective January 1, 2010. The codes include: 74263 Screening CTC without contrast, 74261 Diagnostic CTC without contrast, and 74262 Diagnostic CTC with contrast. While screening CTC is not covered by Medicare, coverage continues to increase with approximately half of the U.S. states providing coverage for CTC screening and some of the private payers currently covering CTC screening include: CIGNA, Anthem BCBS (15 states), Kaiser Permanente, Carefirst BCBS, Healthlink, Horizon BCBS (NJ), Oxford Health Plans, Independence BC (PA), Physicians Plus of WI, BCBS Delaware, WPS Health Insurance (WI), BCBS AR, United Healthcare, UniCare, BCBS N.C., and BCBS Texas, BCBS Wellmark. In addition, a bill was introduced into both the US House of Representatives (HR991) in March 2013 that would require that CTC screening be reimbursed by Medicare and Medicaid.

Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI) Applications—Breast and Prostate Cancer Detection

In addition to mammography and CT imaging modalities, the interpretation of MRI exams also benefits from advanced image analysis and clinical decision support tools. Radiologists turn to MRI to examine the soft tissues, blood vessels, and organs in the head, neck, chest, abdomen, and pelvis to help them diagnose and monitor tumors, heart problems, liver diseases and other organs, such as breast and prostate for possible links to cancer. MRI uses magnets and radio waves instead of x-rays to produce very detailed, cross-sectional images of the body, and can be used to look specifically at those areas.

MRI is an excellent tool to detect breast cancer as well as prostate cancer. While MRI is a more expensive option than traditional mammography, it enables physicians to view tumors which may have been missed during routine screenings. The first breast MRI product received FDA clearance in 1991 for use as an adjunct to mammography. The ACS published guidelines in the March/April 2007 CA: A Cancer Journal of Clinicians, recommending that women at high risk for breast cancer augment their annual mammogram with an annual breast MRI. The guidelines recommended MRI scans for women with a lifetime risk of breast cancer of 20%-25% or greater, including women with a strong family history of breast or ovarian cancer and women who were treated for Hodgkin’s disease. The ACR and SBI endorsed these recommendations in their recommendations published in the Journal of the American College of Radiology 2010; 7:18-27.

13

The Prostate Specific Antigen (PSA) in conjunction with digital rectal examination (DRE) and pathologic information from biopsies are what urologists and radiation oncologists have traditionally used to determine the extent and expected behavior of prostate cancer, which may affect 1 out of 6 men over the course of their lifetime. While commonly used, and recommended by the American Urological Association, PSA tests can be unreliable and potentially misleading.

Accurate staging of the disease is one of the biggest challenges with prostate cancer. Of the 239,000 men who are diagnosed with prostate cancer every year in the U.S., most have slow-growing tumors that likely will not lead to death or require invasive treatment, though the diagnosis does cause patient anxiety and requires close monitoring.

Those men who are diagnosed with a non-aggressive cancer are typically periodically monitored through repeat PSA, DRE and, at times, biopsies. This monitoring is referred to as watchful waiting or active surveillance. The goal of this watchful waiting is to monitor the indolent cancer and catch it at an early stage before it progresses to a more aggressive state. This will theoretically allow patients better treatment options, but because the current tests have their faults by the time the disease has been identified, treatment options may be limited to a prostatectomy. This radical procedure creates numerous morbidities such as impotence, incontinence as well as psychological issues. Advanced imaging tools such as MRI, may play an important role in this population to allow earlier detection and allow more choices for treatment options.

With advanced diagnostic imaging tools, physicians can more accurately stage the severity of the prostate cancer and minimize a patient’s exposure to unnecessary and painful biopsies. Prostate biopsies are typically done following an elevated PSA, suspicious DRE, or both. These biopsies are usually performed by an urologist under the assistance of a portable ultrasound system. Anywhere from a dozen to 30 or more samples are taken from the prostate. More than 1.2 million men have transrectal ultrasound (TRUS) biopsies each year in the U.S. and less than 15 percent come back positive for cancer. This translates into roughly $2 billion in cost to the healthcare system, not to mention the psychological implications for patients worried they may have a deadly form of the disease.

Without an optimal visual picture of the prostate and surrounding area, biopsy exams are essentially conducted “blindly.” This can result in cancerous lesions being missed and other sections of the prostate unnecessarily oversampled. Oversampling causes the patient pain and can even lead to impotence or incontinence.

Historically, imaging the prostate has presented a challenge because of the vascularity of the organ coupled with its location deep within the abdominal/pelvic cavity. Now other options are available that can provide more accurate imaging of the prostate gland, including MRI with dynamic contrast enhancement (DCE). Similar to MRI for breast cancer, prostate DCE MRI provides a more thorough diagnostic assessment, and improved staging of the disease. A necessary component to this technology is CAD which uses advanced algorithms to assist radiologists in determining malignant versus benign tumors and to pinpoint tumor location and size.

14

In the future, MRI imaging may have an expanded role in the management of prostate cancer patients, particularly for management strategies involving active surveillance. As more men consider “watchful waiting” or delaying active treatment of their cancer, advances in imaging will help make these decisions easier, based more on solid science than on the assumption that a man’s prostate cancer is slow growing.

Products and Product Development

The table below presents the revenue and percentage of revenue attributable to the Company’s products and services for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 (in thousands):

			For the year ended December 31,
	2013		%			2012		%			2011		%
Detection:
Digital & MRI CAD revenue	$	7,930		24.0	%	$	8,379		29.6	%	$	13,256		46.3	%
Film based revenue		561		1.7	%		1,467		5.2	%		2,361		8.2	%
Service		8,414		25.4	%		7,416		26.2	%		7,148		24.9	%
Detection revenue		16,905		51.1	%		17,262		61.1	%		22,765		79.5	%
Therapy:
Electronic brachytherapy		11,065		33.5	%		8,130		28.8	%		3,711		13.0	%
Service		5,097		15.4	%		2,883		10.2	%		2,176		7.6	%
Therapy revenue		16,162		48.9	%		11,013		38.9	%		5,887		20.5	%
Total revenue	$	33,067		100.0	%	$	28,275		100.0	%	$	28,652		100.0	%

Electronic Brachytherapy products:

Electronic Brachytherapy (eBx™) Treatment for Breast Cancer

Axxent^® eBx™

The portable Axxent eBx system uses isotope-free miniaturized X-ray tube technology to deliver therapy directly to cancer sites with minimal radiation exposure to surrounding healthy tissue. The Axxent eBx system is FDA-cleared for the treatment of early stage breast cancer, endometrial cancer and non-melanoma skin cancer, as well as for the treatment of other cancers or conditions where radiation therapy is indicated, including IORT. The Company offers FDA-cleared applicators utilized with the Axxent eBx system including breast applicators for IORT and APBI in the treatment of breast cancer, vaginal applicators for the treatment of endometrial cancer, cervical applicators for the treatment of cervical cancer and skin applicators for the treatment of non-melanoma skin cancers. The single-use breast IORT and APBI applicators are offered in a variety of sizes based on clinical need. The endometrial, cervical and skin applicators are reusable and are manufactured in various sizes based on the anatomical requirements of the patient or the size of the lesion. The Company also provides the 50kV isotope-free energy source, a comprehensive service warranty program, and various accessories such as the Axxent eBx Rigid Shield for internal IORT shielding. The 50kV energy source is sold either as an annual contract customized to individual customer volume/usage requirements or on a single unit basis.

15

The Company has recently made several enhancements to the Axxent eBx system controller including a new software interface enabling enhanced system functionality and an upgraded high voltage connection improving system performance. In early 2013 the Company received FDA clearance for a new applicator for use in the treatment of cervical cancer. This new applicator would further expand the Company’s product portfolio in the gynecological cancer market and enable customers to offer comprehensive electronic brachytherapy solutions to their patients in need of gynecological radiation therapy. Cervical cancer is a particularly large market opportunity outside of the United States, especially in areas of the world where screening for cancer of the cervix is less prevalent. In order to capitalize on the large market opportunity in non-melanoma skin cancer, the Company is developing several enhancements to the Xoft eBx System that will deliver particular value to customers treating non-melanoma skin cancer patients in a variety of clinical settings – especially in office-based facilities. Current customers of the Xoft eBx system include university research and community hospitals, private and governmental institutions, doctors’ offices, cancer care clinics, and veterinary facilities in the United States, Europe and Asia and strategic partnerships with radiation oncology service providers that enable the supervised delivery of the technology in dermatology offices.

Digital and MRI CAD products:

Advanced Image Analysis and Workflow Solutions in Breast Imaging (Mammography)

iCAD develops and markets a comprehensive range of high-performance CAD solutions for digital mammography systems. iCAD’s SecondLook™ systems are based on sophisticated patented algorithms that analyze the data; automatically identifying and marking suspicious regions in the images. The system provides the radiologist with a “second look” which helps the radiologist detect actionable missed cancers earlier than screening mammography alone. SecondLook detects and identifies suspicious masses and micro-calcifications utilizing image processing, pattern recognition and artificial intelligence techniques. Knowledge from thousands of mammography images are incorporated in these algorithms enabling the product to distinguish between characteristics of cancerous and normal tissue. The result is earlier detection of hard-to-find cancers, improved workflow for radiologists, and higher quality patient care.

The Company launched and began shipments of its next generation SecondLook Digital CAD, SecondLook^® Premier* to Europe in December of 2010. SecondLook Premier was developed to provide breast imagers with the most advanced and customizable digital mammography CAD system providing improved cancer detection through increased sensitivity, reduced false positives and robust clinical decision support tools. Built on an all-digital dataset, the technology expands on the SecondLook^® platform and provides, what the Company believes to be, the richest set of clinical decision support tools. Its CAD metrics provide automated measurements of mammographic characteristics for every case and each CAD detection and CAD iNSIGHT provides the rationale for each CAD detection. The Company initiated a reader study in 2011 to obtain the clinical data that will be used to prepare their regulatory submission for SecondLook Premier to the FDA. iCAD continues to develop CAD products for additional digital imaging

16

(full field digital mammography (“FFDM”) and computed radiography) providers. Developmental work continues with Picture archiving and communication system (“PACS”) companies and iCAD is focused on developing new, more efficient ways of integrating CAD into PACS review workstations to create a streamlined workflow for mammography and potentially other specialties.

In June 2012, iCAD introduced its next generation of mammography CAD products, PowerLook Advanced Mammography Platform^® (AMP). The technology expands on iCAD’s SecondLook platform and is the CAD platform for future breast imaging applications. PowerLook AMP incorporates both the SecondLook Digital and SecondLook Premier CAD algorithms. PowerLook AMP’s CAD metrics offer industry-leading tissue and lesion characteristics to support the breast imager’s workflow. In addition, PowerLook AMP is the first product of its kind to integrate Mātakina’s Volpara^® Volumetric Breast Density assessment software that aids radiologists by standardizing their approach to breast density assessment. The system’s modular design gives radiologists the freedom to choose the products and functionality they need today and in the future. Included with PowerLook AMP is a multi-vendor CAD server that allows hospitals and imaging facilities to connect up to four mammography acquisition devices regardless of vendor. This reduces the need for separate CAD servers while lowering hardware and service costs. iCAD’s PowerLook AMP also provides the most powerful flexible DICOM connectivity solution enabling universal compatibility with leading PACS and Review Workstations. Additional modules are expected to be released and integrated into PowerLook AMP in the future.

PowerLook Advanced Mammography Platform

PowerLook AMP is designed to function with leading digital mammography systems (FFDM and computed radiography) – including systems sold by GE Healthcare, Siemens Medical Systems, Fuji Medical Systems, Hologic, Inc., Sectra Medical Systems, Philips, IMS Giotto, Agfa Corporation, and Planmed. iCAD believes it has strong development partnerships with imaging providers. The algorithms in PowerLook AMP products have been optimized for each digital imaging provider based upon characteristics of their unique detectors. PowerLook AMP incorporates both the SecondLook Digital and SecondLook Premier CAD algorithms. The Company’s SecondLook Premier CAD solution was tailored for GE Healthcare and Siemens Medical Systems upon initial release of their systems for Europe.

PowerLook AMP is a computer server residing on a customer’s network that receives patient studies from the imaging modality, performs CAD analysis and sends the CAD results to PACS and/or review workstations. Workflow and efficiency are critical in digital imaging environments therefore iCAD has developed flexible, powerful DICOM integration capabilities that enable PowerLook AMP to integrate seamlessly with leading PACS archives and review workstations from multiple providers. iCAD has worked with its OEM partners to ensure CAD results are integrated and easily viewed using each review workstation’s graphical user interface. To further improve efficiency and clinical efficacy, the most urgent or important patient studies can be prioritized and analyzed with CAD first.

In 2013, iCAD introduced new CAD solutions on PowerLook AMP for several new FFDMs. CAD for the Fuji Aspire HD, Fuji Aspire HD Plus, Siemens Inspiration PRIME, Philips Microdose, and Philips Microdose SI were released for global use. The Siemens Inspiration PRIME, Philips Microdose, and Philips Microdose SI CAD solutions allow CAD to be used on FFDM systems that require lower dosage than traditional FFDM systems.

17

Advanced Image Analysis and Workflow Solutions in MRI Imaging – Breast and Prostate

In July 2012, iCAD entered into a strategic partnership agreement with Invivo Corp., a subsidiary of Philips Healthcare. With this agreement, iCAD began developing the DynaCAD product software for breast and prostate MR image analysis workstations to help radiologists find cancer earlier and more efficiently. Invivo sells the DynaCAD product both directly and through the Philips global distribution network.

DynaCAD offers a suite of FDA cleared dynamic contrast enhanced (DCE) MRI analysis solutions for breast, prostate, and other organs. Each of the three modules delivers objective, consistent quantitative analysis of DCE MR images. The DynaCAD software automates the process of drawing regions of interest, minimizing potential errors inherent in manual processes. Once a region of interest has been identified, a sophisticated algorithm analyzes changes in the MR signal in the tissue to help clinicians discern biological processes taking place in malignant versus benign tumors. The DynaCAD algorithm uniquely uses all data available from an MR study, resulting in more consistent analysis across magnets and contrast agents. Also available within DynaCAD is a breast interventional and prostate interventional module which allows for MRI guided biopsies of the breast and prostate to be performed, respectively. DynaCAD’s combination of quantitative and qualitative information reveals characteristics of tumor physiology, and can aid in detecting and localizing cancer as well as supporting treatment planning and monitoring of the lesion over time.

Advanced Image Analysis and Workflow Solutions in CT Colonography

VeraLook™

iCAD introduced a CAD solution, VeraLook, in August 2010 following FDA clearance of the product. This solution is designed to support detection of colonic polyps in conjunction with CT Colonography. iCAD believes that CAD for CT Colonography is a natural extension of iCAD’s core competencies in image analysis and image processing. The system works in conjunction with third party display workstations and PACS vendors. Field testing of the product was initiated in 2008 and iCAD conducted a multi-reader clinical study of iCAD’s CT Colon CAD product, for use with CTC. Results of the Company’s clinical study, “Impact of Computer-Aided Detection for CT Colonography in a Multireader, Multicase Trial” demonstrated that reader sensitivity improved 5.5% for patients with both small and large polyps with use of CAD. Use of CAD reduced specificity of readers by 2.5%. The clinical relevance of this CAD program was improved reader performance while maintaining high reader specificity. Throughout 2012, iCAD continued to globally distribute the VeraLook product with advanced visualization reading workstations manufactured by Vital Images, a Toshiba Medical System Group Company.

18

Film based products

Products for Converting Mammography Films to Digital Images

TotalLook MammoAdvantage™

The TotalLook MammoAdvantage (“TLMA”) system is iCAD’s second generation mammography specific digitizer. TLMA provides a comprehensive film-to-digital solution making it easier for facilities to transition from film to digital mammography. The product converts prior mammography films to digital images delivering high resolution digitized images to meet the critical specifications required for conversion of prior films. The TLMA’s unique configurable image resolution settings enable the digitized and newly acquired digital images to be displayed at the same time. In moving to one review workstation for comparative review, users experience improvements in workflow, productivity and reduced discomfort associated with switching between a light box and a computer screen to view images. Results from a study (Full Field Digital Mammography Interpretation with Prior Analog versus Prior Digitized Analog Mammograms: Time for Interpretation) presented at the 2009 RSNA meeting demonstrated a 30% reduction in time for image interpretation with digitized analog mammograms.

The TLMA provides flexible DICOM connectivity for seamless integration with leading review workstations, PACS and radiology information systems (“RIS”). Specialized image compression techniques reduce file sizes up to 80%, minimizing long-term storage requirements. In 2013, iCAD announced that it would stop selling TLMA in June 2014.

Sales and Marketing

iCAD, through its Xoft subsidiary, markets the eBx system in the United States and select countries worldwide. The Company has substantially expanded its installed base of eBx systems in the US and has established initial installations in Western Europe and Taiwan. Xoft’s direct sales force sells the system on the basis of its clinical effectiveness as a platform high dose rate, low energy radiation therapy solution for hospitals, ambulatory care centers and free standing radiation oncology facilities and other office-based uses, e.g. dermatologists clinical practices. The system offers a distinct competitive advantage in that it is a highly mobile unit with minimal shielding requirements that can easily be moved from room to room within a single healthcare institution or be transported from facility to facility given its relatively compact form factor. Breast IORT is a strategic focus of the Company due to the significant clinical /lifestyle benefits to the patient and economic advantages to the facility. Non-melanoma skin cancer is an additional strategic priority given the high incidence rate of the disease and the unique benefits of the Xoft eBx system in this clinical indication. The additional clinical applications including gynecological cancers other IORT applications (in addition to breast IORT), as well as its potential to scale in the future to address other indications for use highlight the Xoft eBx system’s unique platform flexibility.

Core to the Company’s eBx market development strategy is a comprehensive medical education program. Xoft actively participates in several key industry scientific conferences in the United States and Europe including but not limited to ACRO, Miami Breast, ASBS, ACS, SSO, AAPM, ESTRO, ISIORT, Milan Breast, AAD, and ASTRO on an annual basis. At select industry conferences and at independent venues the Company provides specific additional eBx professional education programs and product demonstrations in the form of symposia. The Company expanded its medical education program in 2013 to include breast IORT and non-melanoma skin cancer symposia in several high value U.S. markets.

19

The Company further supports breast IORT through its launch of the ExBRT Study – a post-market clinical trial designed to enroll 1,000 patients at up to 50 sites. The study will enable facilities interested in treating early stage breast cancer patients with the Xoft eBx system to participate in a common clinical protocol and follow enrolled patients for up to 10 years. The ExBRT Study is led by a prestigious and diverse group of leading brachytherapy and breast care physicians including breast surgeons, radiation oncologists, pathologists, and medical physicists from leading US breast cancer care institutions.

iCAD’s mammography products are sold through its direct regional sales organization in the U.S. as well as through its OEM partners, including GE Healthcare, Fuji Medical Systems, Siemens Medical, Philips Healthcare, Agfa Corporation, Sectra Medical Systems, Planmed, Fuji Medical Systems, IMS Giotto, and Carestream Health, Inc. iCAD’s MRI products are distributed through Invivo and Philips globally.

The Company’s products are marketed on the basis of their clinical superiority and their ability to help radiologists detect more cancers earlier, while seamlessly integrating into the clinical workflow of the radiologist. In 2013, the Company continued to build upon its positioning of advanced image analysis and clinical decision support solutions for mammography, MRI and CTC. As part of its sales and marketing efforts, iCAD has developed and executed a variety of public relations and local outreach programs with numerous iCAD customers. Additional investments are being made in cultivating relationships with the leaders in breast, colon, and prostate CAD at national trade shows, where industry leaders discuss the future of CAD in these modalities.

Competition

The Company’s existing eBx products face competition in breast IORT primarily from one company, Carl Zeiss Meditec, Inc., (“Zeiss”) a multinational company, where eBx products are only one of that company’s many products. Zeiss manufactures and sells eBx products for the use of intraoperative radiation therapy. Recently, Zeiss has expanded their product portfolio to include additional anatomical areas beyond breast IORT. Zeiss now offers a range of radiation therapy applicators for use in various applications including spine, the gastrointestinal tract, skin, and endometrial cancers. Zeiss has an established base of breast IORT installations in Europe where the majority of the TARGIT-A trial clinical sites are located. Europe is also the focus of their clinical research in the various new applications previously listed. IntraOp/Mobetron is an additional competitor in the high dose rate (“HDR”) radiation therapy market. IntraOp/Mobetron uses a small linear accelerator to deliver electron-beams to the target and does not require a lead-shielded bunker.

The Company’s NMSC products face numerous competitors utilizing a variety of technologies. Surface Radiation Therapy (SRT) systems including Sensus Healthcare directly compete with the Xoft System in this market in which Dermatologists and Radiation Oncologists seek mobile, efficient, non-surgical treatment options. There are important advantages of eBx relative to SRT including more rapid dose fall-off, typically fewer treatment sessions, and different reimbursement coding requirements. In late 2013, Nucletron (a division of Elekta) received

20

clearance for its electronic brachytherapy system “Esteya” for use in the treatment of NMSC. Launched at ASTRO in September, this new market entrant utilizes a low energy 69.5 kV source and a range of surface applicators in a small footprint system profile. Clinical experience with the Esteya system is limited to early 2014. Other competitors in the NMSC market include surgery (excision, Mohs surgery, and destruction). Mohs surgery remains the primary treatment option for Dermatologists in the majority of NMSC cases. Traditional radiation therapy including external beam radiation therapy is also a treatment modality used to treat NMSC patients.

New market opportunities including expansion of the gynecological product portfolio and other IORT applications beyond breast IORT will bring new competitive dynamics to the Company’s efforts. Larger, more diversified radiation therapy companies offering a wide variety of clinical solutions for HDR brachytherapy including Varian Medical Systems, Elekta, and Nucletron compete in these areas. These multi-national firms offer broad product portfolios including a full range of HDR brachytherapy afterloaders and applicators as well as traditional radiation therapy solutions including linear accelerators, treatment planning solutions, and workflow management capabilities.

The Company currently faces direct competition in its CAD business from Hologic, Inc. and imaging equipment manufacturers such as GE Healthcare, Siemens Medical, and Philips Medical Systems. VuCOMP and Parascript received FDA clearance for their mammography CAD products in February 2012 and September 2013, respectively. The Company believes that its market leadership in mammography CAD and strong relationships with its strategic partners will provide it with a competitive advantage in the mammography CAD market.

Merge Healthcare, Inc. and Invivo Corporation (Philips) are the market leaders in breast MR image analysis. . The Company believes that its market leadership in mammography CAD and its strategic partnership with Invivo Corp., provide the Company with a competitive advantage with the breast and prostate imaging communities.

The Company’s CT Colon solution faces competition from the traditional imaging CT equipment manufacturers, 3D Rendering and Analysis firms, as well as from emerging CAD companies. Siemens Medical, GE Healthcare, and Philips Medical Systems currently offer or are in the process of developing polyp detection products. The Company expects that these companies will offer a colonic polyp detection solution as an advanced feature of their image management and display products typically sold with their CT equipment. The Company believes that current regulatory requirements present a significant barrier to entry into this market and that its market leadership in mammography CAD provides it with a competitive advantage within the CT Colonography community.

iCAD operates in highly competitive and rapidly changing markets with competitive products available from nationally and internationally recognized companies. Many of these competitors have significantly greater financial, technical and human resources than iCAD and they are well established in the healthcare market. In addition, some companies have developed or may develop technologies or products that could compete with the products we manufacture and

21

distribute or that would render our products obsolete or noncompetitive. Moreover, competitors may achieve patent protection, regulatory approval, or product commercialization before we do, which would limit our ability to compete with them. These and other competitive pressures could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business.

Manufacturing and Professional Services

The Company’s CAD products are manufactured and assembled by the Company, in addition, to purchasing and supply chain management, planning/scheduling, manufacturing engineering, service repairs, quality assurance, inventory management, and warehousing. Once the product has shipped, it is usually installed by one of the Company’s OEM partners at the customer site. When a product sale is taken direct from the end customer by iCAD, the product is installed by iCAD personnel at the customer site.

iCAD’s professional services staff is comprised of a team of trained and specialized individuals providing comprehensive product support on a pre-sales and post-sales basis. This includes pre-sale product demonstrations, product installations, applications training, and call center management (or technical support). The support center is the single point of contact for the customer, providing remote diagnostics, troubleshooting, training, and service dispatch. Service repair efforts are generally performed at the customer site by third party service organizations or in the Company’s repair depot by the Company’s repair technicians.

Xoft’s portable Axxent^® Controller is manufactured and assembled for Xoft by a contract manufacturer. Xoft’s electronic brachytherapy miniaturized X-ray source, which is used to deliver radiation directly to the cancerous site, is manufactured in the Company’s San Jose, CA facility. Xoft operations consist of manufacturing, engineering, administration, purchasing, planning and scheduling, service repairs, quality assurance, inventory management, and warehousing. Once the product has shipped, it is installed by Xoft personnel at the customer site.

Xoft’s field service and customer service staff is comprised of a team of trained and specialized individuals providing comprehensive product support on a pre-sales and post-sales basis. The Field Service staff provides product installations, maintenance, training and service repair efforts generally performed at the customer site. The customer service staff provides pre-sale product demonstrations, customer support, troubleshooting, service dispatch and call center management.

Government Regulation

The Company’s systems are medical devices subject to extensive regulation by the FDA under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act with potentially significant costs for compliance. The FDA’s regulations govern, among other things, product development, product testing, product labeling, product storage, pre-market clearance or approval, advertising and promotion, and sales and distribution. The Company’s devices are also subject to FDA clearance or approval before they can be marketed in the U.S. and may be subject to additional regulatory approvals before they can be marketed outside the U.S. There is no guarantee that future products or product modifications will receive the necessary approvals.

22

The FDA’s Quality System Regulations require that the Company’s operations follow extensive design, testing, control, documentation and other quality assurance procedures during the manufacturing process. The Company is subject to FDA regulations covering labeling regulations and adverse event reporting including the FDA’s general prohibition of promoting products for unapproved or off-label uses.

The Company’s manufacturing facilities are subject to periodic inspections by the FDA and corresponding state agencies. Compliance with extensive international regulatory requirements is also required. Failure to fully comply with applicable regulations could result in the Company receiving warning letters, non-approvals, suspensions of existing approvals, civil penalties and criminal fines, product seizures and recalls, operating restrictions, injunctions, and criminal prosecution.

Additionally, in order to market and sell its products in certain countries outside of the U.S., the Company must obtain and maintain regulatory approvals and comply with the regulations of each specific country. These regulations, including the requirements for approvals, and the time required for regulatory review vary by country.

Intellectual Property

The Company primarily relies on a combination of patents, trade secrets and copyright law, third-party and employee confidentiality agreements, and other protective measures to protect its intellectual property rights pertaining to our products and technologies.

The Company has many patents covering its CAD and eBx technologies expiring between 2018 and 2028. These patents help the Company maintain a proprietary position in its markets. Additionally, the Company has a number of patent applications pending domestically, some of which have been also filed internationally, and the Company plans to file additional domestic and foreign patent applications when it believes such protection will benefit the Company. These patents and patent applications relate to current and future uses of iCAD’s CAD and digitizer technologies and products, including CAD for tomosynthesis, CAD for CT colonography and lung and CAD for MRI breast and prostate, as well as Xoft’s current and future eBx technologies and products. The Company has also secured a non-exclusive patent license from the National Institute of Health which relates broadly to CAD in colonography, a non-exclusive patent license from Cytyc/Hologic which relates to balloon applicators for breast brachytherapy, a non-exclusive license from Yeda Research which relates to the 3TP method for the detection of cancer and a non-exclusive license from Zeiss which relates to brachytherapy. The Company believes it has all the necessary licenses from third parties for software and other technologies in its products, however we do not know if current or future patent applications will issue with the full scope of the claims sought, if at all, or whether any patents issued will be challenged or invalidated.

23

Sources and Availability of Materials

The Company depends upon a limited number of suppliers and manufacturers for its products, and certain components in its products may be available from a sole or limited number of suppliers. The Company’s products are generally either manufactured and assembled for it by a sole manufacturer, by a limited number of manufacturers or assembled by it from supplies it obtains from a limited number of suppliers. Critical components required to manufacture these products, whether by outside manufacturers or directly, may be available from a sole or limited number of component suppliers. The Company generally does not have long-term arrangements with any of its manufacturers or suppliers. The loss of a sole or key manufacturer or supplier would impair the Company’s ability to deliver products to customers in a timely manner and would adversely affect its sales and operating results. The Company’s business would be harmed if any of its manufacturers or suppliers could not meet its quality and performance specifications and quantity and delivery requirements.

Major Customers

The Company operates in two segments: Cancer Detection (“Detection”) and Cancer Therapy (“Therapy”). The Company markets its products for digital mammography, MRI, and cancer therapy systems through its direct regional sales organization. Cancer detection products are also sold through OEM partners, including GE Healthcare, Fuji Medical Systems, Siemens Medical and Invivo. OEM partners comprised approximately 51% of Detection revenues and 26% of revenue overall. GE Healthcare was the largest single customer with approximately $3.7 million in 2013, $4.5 million in 2012, and $6.8 million in 2011 or 11%, 16%, and 24% of total revenues, respectively. Two customers comprised 35% of Cancer Therapy revenues and 17% of total revenue with approximately $5.6 million in revenues; however neither customer exceeded 10% of total revenues.

Engineering and Product Development

The Company spent $7.7 million, $7.8 million, and $10.8 million on research and development activities during the years ended December 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Research and development expenses for 2013 are primarily attributed to personnel, consulting, subcontract, licensing and data collection expenses relating to the Company’s new product development and clinical testing.

Employees

As of February, 2014, the Company had 102 employees, all of which are full time employees, with 29 involved in sales and marketing, 29 in research and development, 32 in service, manufacturing, technical support and operations functions, and 12 in administrative functions. None of the Company’s employees are represented by labor organizations. The Company considers its relations with employees to be good.

Environmental Protection

Compliance with federal, state and local provisions which have been enacted or adopted regulating the discharge of materials into the environment, or otherwise relating to the protection of the environment, has not had a material effect upon the capital expenditures, earnings (losses) and competitive position of the Company.

24

Financial Geographic Information

The Company’s primary market is in the United States through its direct sales force and OEM partners. Export sales are typically through OEM partners. Total export sales represented approximately $1.9 million or 6% of sales in 2013 as compared to $2.9 million or 10% of total sales in 2012 and $1.8 million or 6% of total sales in 2011.

The Company’s principal concentration of export sales is in Europe, which accounted for 65% of the Company’s export sales in 2013, 74% of the Company’s export sales in 2012 and 67% of export sales in 2011. France accounted for approximately 23% in 2013, 28% in 2012 and 16% in 2011 of the total export sales. In addition approximately 17% and 18% of export sales in 2013 were to the United Kingdom and Canada, respectively.

Foreign Regulations

International sales of the Company’s products are subject to foreign government regulation, the requirements of which vary substantially from country to country. The time required to obtain approval by a foreign country may be longer or shorter than that required for FDA approval, and the requirements may differ. Obtaining and maintaining foreign regulatory approvals is an expensive and time consuming process. The Company cannot be certain that it will be able to obtain the necessary regulatory approvals timely or at all in any foreign country in which it plans to market its CAD products and the Axxent eBx system, and if it fails to receive and maintain such approvals, its ability to generate revenue may be significantly diminished.

Product Liability Insurance

The Company believes that it maintains appropriate product liability insurance with respect to its products. The Company cannot be certain that with respect to its current or future products, such insurance coverage will continue to be available on terms acceptable to the Company or that such coverage will be adequate for liabilities that may actually be incurred.

Item 1A. Risk Factors.

We operate in a changing environment that involves numerous known and unknown risks and uncertainties that could materially adversely affect our operations. The following highlights some of the factors that have affected, and/or in the future could affect, our operations.

We have incurred significant losses from inception through 2013 and there can be no assurance that we will be able to achieve and sustain future profitability.

We have incurred significant losses since our inception. We incurred a net loss of $7.6 million in fiscal 2013 and have an accumulated deficit of $144.1 million at December 31, 2013. We may not be able to achieve profitability.

25

We rely on intellectual property and proprietary rights to maintain our competitive position and may not be able to protect these rights.

We rely heavily on proprietary technology that we protect primarily through licensing arrangements, patents, trade secrets, proprietary know-how and non-disclosure agreements. There can be no assurance that any pending or future patent applications will be granted or that any current or future patents, regardless of whether we are an owner or a licensee of the patent, will not be challenged, rendered unenforceable, invalidated, or circumvented or that the rights will provide a competitive advantage to us. There can also be no assurance that our trade secrets or non-disclosure agreements will provide meaningful protection of our proprietary information. Further, we cannot assure you that others will not independently develop similar technologies or duplicate any technology developed by us or that our technology will not infringe upon patents or other rights owned by others. There is a risk that our patent applications will not result in granted patents or that granted patents will not provide significant protection for our products and technology. Unauthorized third parties may infringe our intellectual property rights, or copy or reverse engineer portions of our technology. Our competitors may independently develop similar technology that our patents do not cover. In addition, because patent applications in the U.S. are not generally publicly disclosed until eighteen months after the application is filed, applications may have been filed by third parties that relate to our technology. Moreover, there is a risk that foreign intellectual property laws will not protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as intellectual property laws in the U.S. The rights provided by a patent are finite in time. Over the coming years, certain patents relating to current products will expire in the U.S. and abroad thus allowing third parties to utilize certain of our technologies. In the absence of significant patent protection, we may be vulnerable to competitors who attempt to copy our products, processes or technology

In addition, in the future, we may be required to assert infringement claims against third parties, and there can be no assurance that one or more parties will not assert infringement claims against us. Any resulting litigation or proceeding could result in significant expense to us and divert the efforts of our management personnel, whether or not such litigation or proceeding is determined in our favor. In addition, to the extent that any of our intellectual property and proprietary rights were ever deemed to violate the proprietary rights of others in any litigation or proceeding or as a result of any claim, we may be prevented from using them, which could cause a termination of our ability to sell our products. Litigation could also result in a judgment or monetary damages being levied against us.

We have been named as a defendant in an action alleging personal injury resulting from gross negligence and product liability by patients that were treated with the Axxent eBx system that incorporated the Axxent Flexishield Mini, and we may be exposed to additional significant product liability for which we may not have sufficient insurance coverage or be able to procure sufficient insurance coverage.

The Company is a defendant in multiple suits brought in Orange County Superior Court by plaintiffs who allege personal injury resulting from gross negligence and product liability relating to their treatment with the Axxent Electronic Brachytherapy System that incorporated the Axxent Flexishield Mini. These suits are discussed in more detail in Item 3 of this Form 10-K and in Note 7(e) to the Consolidated Financial Statements filed with this Form 10-K.

26

We have determined that, with respect to this case, a loss is probable, but not estimable. There can be no assurances that we will be able to defend or settle these claims on terms favorable to us. Our product liability and general liability insurance coverage may not be adequate for us to avoid or limit our liability exposure in this pending action.

Our product and general liability insurance coverage may be inadequate with respect to future claims as well, and adequate insurance coverage may not be available in sufficient amounts or at a reasonable cost in the future. If available at all, product liability insurance for the medical device industry generally is expensive. The pending action and any future product liability claims could be costly to defend and/or costly to resolve and could harm our reputation and business.

Sales and market acceptance of our products is dependent upon the coverage and reimbursement decisions made by third-party payors. The failure of third-party payors to provide appropriate levels of coverage and reimbursement for the use of our products and treatments facilitated by our products could harm our business and prospects.

Sales and market acceptance of our medical products and the treatments facilitated by our products in the United States and other countries is dependent upon the coverage decisions and reimbursement policies established by government healthcare programs and private health insurers. Market acceptance of our products and treatments has and will continue to depend upon our customers’ ability to obtain an appropriate level of coverage for, and reimbursement from third-party payors for, these products and treatments. In the U.S., CMS establishes coverage and reimbursement policies for healthcare providers treating Medicare and Medicaid beneficiaries. Under current CMS policies, varying reimbursement levels have been established for our products and treatments. Coverage policies for Medicare patients may vary by regional Medicare carriers in the absence of a national coverage determination and reimbursement rates for treatments may vary based on the geographic price index. Coverage and reimbursement policies and rates applicable to patients with private insurance are dependent upon individual private payor decisions which may not follow the policies and rates established by CMS. The use of our products and treatments outside the United States is similarly affected by coverage and reimbursement policies adopted by foreign governments and private insurance carriers.

Our business is dependent upon future market growth of full field digital mammography systems, digital computer aided detection products, and tomosynthesis as well as advanced image analysis and workflow solutions for use with MRI and CT and to the market growth of electronic brachytherapy: this growth may not occur or may occur too slowly to benefit us.

Our future business is substantially dependent on the continued growth in the market for full field digital mammography systems, digital computer aided detection products and tomosynthesis as well as advanced image analysis and workflow solutions for use with MRI and CT and to the market growth of electronic brachytherapy The market for these products may not continue to develop or

27

may develop at a slower rate than we anticipate due to a variety of factors, including, general economic conditions, delays in hospital spending for capital equipment, the significant cost associated with the procurement of full field digital mammography systems and CAD products and MRI and CT systems and the reliance on third party insurance reimbursement. In addition we may not be able to successfully develop or obtain FDA clearance for our proposed products.

A limited number of customers account for a significant portion of our total revenue. The loss of a principal customer could seriously hurt our business.

Our principal sales distribution channel for our digital products is through our OEM partners which accounted for 26% of our total revenue in 2013, with one major customer, GE Healthcare at 11% of our revenue. In addition six customers accounted for 43% of our total revenue, which includes both OEM partners and direct customers. A limited number of major customers have in the past and may continue in the future to account for a significant portion of our revenue. The loss of our relationships with principal customers or a decline in sales to principal customers could materially adversely affect our business and operating results.

The markets for our newly developed products and treatments and newly introduced enhancements to our existing products and treatments may not develop as expected.

The successful commercialization of our newly developed products and treatments and newly introduced enhancements to our existing products and treatments are subject to numerous risks, both known and unknown, including:

• uncertainty of the development of a market for such product or treatment;

• trends relating to, or the introduction or existence of, competing products, technologies or alternative treatments or therapies that may be more effective, safer or easier to use than our products, technologies, treatments or therapies;

• the perceptions of our products or treatments as compared to other products and treatments;

• recommendation and support for the use of our products or treatments by influential customers, such as hospitals, radiological practices, breast surgeons and radiation oncologists and treatment centers;

• the availability and extent of data demonstrating the clinical efficacy of our products or treatments;

• competition, including the presence of competing products sold by companies with longer operating histories, more recognizable names and more established distribution networks; and

• other technological developments.

Often, the development of a significant market for a product or treatment will depend upon the establishment of a reimbursement code or an advantageous reimbursement level for use of the product or treatment. Moreover, even if addressed, such reimbursement codes or levels frequently are not established until after a product or treatment is developed and commercially introduced, which can delay the successful commercialization of a product or treatment.

28

If we are unable to successfully commercialize and create a significant market for our newly developed products and treatments and newly introduced enhancements to our existing products and treatments our business and prospects could be harmed.

If goodwill and/or other intangible assets that we have recorded in connection with our acquisitions become impaired, we could have to take significant charges against earnings.

In connection with the accounting for our acquisitions, we have recorded a significant amount of goodwill and other intangible assets. In September 2011, we recorded an impairment of $26.8 million on our goodwill. Under current accounting guidelines, we must assess, at least annually and potentially more frequently, whether the value of our goodwill of $21.1 million and our other intangible assets has been impaired. Any reduction or impairment of the value of goodwill or other intangible assets will result in a charge against earnings which could materially adversely affect our reported results of operations in future periods.

The medical device industry is highly regulated and we have to comply with various laws, rules and regulations pertaining to healthcare, fraud and abuse. Compliance with these laws could restrict our sales and marketing practices, and exclusion from such programs as a result of a violation of these laws could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Once our products are sold, we must comply with various U.S. federal and state laws, rules and regulations pertaining to healthcare fraud and abuse, including false claims laws, anti-kickback laws and physician self-referral laws, rules and regulations. Violations of the fraud and abuse laws are punishable by criminal and civil sanctions, including, in some instances, exclusion from participation in federal and state healthcare programs, including Medicare, Medicaid, Veterans Administration health programs, workers’ compensation programs and TRICARE. Compliance with these laws could restrict our sales and marketing practices, and exclusion from such programs as a result of a violation of these laws could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Anti-Kickback Statutes

The federal Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits persons from knowingly or willfully soliciting, receiving, offering or paying remuneration, directly or indirectly, in exchange for or to induce:

• the referral of an individual for a service or product for which payment may be made by Medicare, Medicaid or other government-sponsored healthcare program; or

• purchasing, ordering, arranging for, or recommending the ordering of, any service or product for which payment may be made by a government-sponsored healthcare program.

The Anti-Kickback Statute is broad and prohibits many arrangements and practices that are lawful in businesses outside of the healthcare industry. The statutory penalties for violating the Anti-Kickback Statute include imprisonment for up to five years and criminal fines of up to $25,000 per violation. In addition, through application of other laws, conduct that violates the

29

Anti-Kickback Statute can also give rise to False Claims Act lawsuits, civil monetary penalties and possible exclusion from Medicare and Medicaid and other federal healthcare programs. In addition to the Federal Anti-Kickback Statute, many states have their own anti-kickback laws. Often, these laws closely follow the language of the federal law, although they do not always have the same scope, exceptions, safe harbors or sanctions. In some states, these anti-kickback laws apply not only to payment made by a government health care program but also with respect to other payers, including commercial insurance companies.

Government officials have focused recent kickback enforcement efforts on, among other things, the sales and marketing activities of healthcare companies, including medical device manufacturers, and recently have brought cases against individuals or entities with personnel who allegedly offered unlawful inducements to potential or existing customers in an attempt to procure their business. This trend is expected to continue. Settlements of these cases by healthcare companies have involved significant fines and/or penalties and in some instances criminal plea or deferred prosecution agreements.

Physician Self-Referral Laws

The federal ban on physician self-referrals, commonly known as the “Stark Law,” prohibits, subject to certain exceptions, physician referrals of Medicare and Medicaid patients to an entity providing certain “designated health services” if the physician or an immediate family member of the physician has any financial relationship with the entity. The Stark Law also prohibits the entity receiving the referral from billing for any good or service furnished pursuant to an unlawful referral, and any person collecting any amounts in connection with an unlawful referral is obligated to refund these amounts. A person who engages in a scheme to circumvent the Stark Law’s referral prohibition may be fined up to $100,000 for each such arrangement or scheme. The penalties for violating the Stark Law also include civil monetary penalties of up to $15,000 per service and possible exclusion from federal healthcare programs. In addition to the Stark Law, many states have their own self-referral laws. Often, these laws closely follow the language of the federal law, although they do not always have the same scope, exceptions, safe harbors or sanctions. In some states these self-referral laws apply not only to payment made by a federal health care program but also with respect to other payers, including commercial insurance companies. In addition, some state laws require physicians to disclose any financial interest they may have with a healthcare provider to their patients when referring patients to that provider even if the referral itself is not prohibited.

If passed, the Promoting Integrity in Medicare Act of 2013, introduced in Congress in August of 2013, would eliminate advanced diagnostic imaging, anatomic pathology, radiation therapy, and physical therapy services from the Stark Law’s in-office ancillary services exception. The in-office ancillary services exception currently allows physicians to provide certain designated health services within the confines of their office without violating the Stark prohibition of self-referrals if certain conditions are met. The proposed bill would eliminate this exception, which could result in a reduction in the provision of certain radiation therapy services by physicians, and could impact our business.

30

False Claims Laws

The federal False Claims Act, or FCA, prohibits any person from knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, a false claim or knowingly making, or causing to made, a false statement to obtain payment from the federal government. Those found in violation of the FCA can be subject to fines and penalties of three times the damages sustained by the government, plus mandatory civil penalties of between $5,000 and $10,000 (adjusted for inflation) for each separate false claim. Actions filed under the FCA can be brought by any individual on behalf of the government, a “qui tam” action, and this individual, known as a “relator” or, more commonly, as a “whistleblower,” may share in any amounts paid by the entity to the government in damages and penalties or by way of settlement. Congress strengthened the False Claims Act in amendments contained in the Fraud Enforcement and Recovery Act of 2009 (Pub.L. 111-21). In addition, certain states have enacted laws modeled after the FCA, and this legislative activity is expected to increase. Qui tam actions have increased significantly in recent years, causing greater numbers of healthcare companies, including medical device manufacturers, to defend false claim actions, pay damages and penalties or be excluded from Medicare, Medicaid or other federal or state healthcare programs as a result of investigations arising out of such actions.

Increased Regulatory Scrutiny of Relationships with Healthcare Providers

Certain state governments and the federal government have enacted legislation, including the Physician Payments Sunshine Act provisions under the Federal Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (“PPACA”), aimed at increasing transparency of our interactions with healthcare providers. As a result, we are required by law to disclose payments, gifts, and other transfers of value to certain healthcare providers in certain states and to the federal government. Any failure to comply with these legal and regulatory requirements could result in a range of fines, penalties, and/or sanctions, and could affect our business. In addition, we may need to devote substantial time and financial resources to develop and implement enhanced structure, policies, systems and processes to comply with these enhanced legal and regulatory requiremnes, which may also impact our business.

Third-Party Reimbursement

Because we expect to receive payment for our products directly from our customers, we do not anticipate relying directly on payment for any of our products from third-party payers, such as Medicare, Medicaid, commercial health insurers and managed care companies. However, our business will be affected by coverage policies adopted by federal and state governmental authorities, such as Medicare and Medicaid, as well as private payers, which often follow the coverage policies of these public programs. Such policies may affect which products customers purchase and the prices they are willing to pay for those products in a particular jurisdiction. For example, our business will be indirectly impacted by the ability of a hospital or medical facility to obtain coverage and third-party reimbursement for procedures performed using our products. These third-party payers may deny coverage if they determine that a device used in a procedure was not medically necessary, was not used in accordance with cost-effective treatment methods, as determined by the third-party payer, or was used for an unapproved indication. They may also pay an inadequate amount for the procedure which could cause healthcare providers to used a lower cost competitor’s device or perform a medical procedure without our device.

31

Our products and manufacturing facilities are subject to extensive regulation with potentially significant costs for compliance.

Our CAD systems for the computer aided detection of cancer and Axxent eBx systems are medical devices subject to extensive regulation by the FDA under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act. In addition, our manufacturing operations are subject to FDA regulation and we are also subject to FDA regulations covering labeling, adverse event reporting, and the FDA’s general prohibition against promoting products for unapproved or off-label uses.

Our failure to fully comply with applicable regulations could result in the issuance of warning letters, non-approvals, suspensions of existing approvals, civil penalties and criminal fines, product seizures and recalls, operating restrictions, injunctions, and criminal prosecution. Moreover, unanticipated changes in existing regulatory requirements or adoption of new requirements could increase our application, operating and compliance burdens and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Sales of our products in certain countries outside of the U.S. are also subject to extensive regulatory approvals. Obtaining and maintaining foreign regulatory approvals is an expensive and time consuming process. We cannot be certain that we will be able to obtain the necessary regulatory approvals timely or at all in any foreign country in which we plan to market our CAD products and Axxent eBx systems, and if we fail to receive such approvals, our ability to generate revenue may be significantly diminished.

We may not be able to obtain regulatory approval for any of the other products that we may consider developing.

We have received FDA approvals for our currently offered products. Before we are able to commercialize any new product, we must obtain regulatory approvals for each indicated use for that product. The process for satisfying these regulatory requirements is lengthy and costly and will require us to comply with complex standards for research and development, clinical trials, testing, manufacturing, quality control, labeling, and promotion of products.

Our products may be recalled even after we have received FDA or other governmental approval or clearance.

If the safety or efficacy of any of our products is called into question, the FDA and similar governmental authorities in other countries may require us to recall our products, even if our product received approval or clearance by the FDA or a similar governmental body. Such a recall would divert the focus of our management and our financial resources and could materially and adversely affect our reputation with customers and our financial condition and results of operations.

32

Our business is subject to The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, and changes to or violations of these regulations could negatively impact our revenue.

HIPAA mandates, among other things, the adoption of standards to enhance the efficiency and simplify the administration of the nation’s healthcare system. HIPAA requires the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services to adopt standards for electronic transactions and code sets for basic healthcare transactions such as payment, eligibility and remittance advices, or “transaction standards,” privacy of individually identifiable health information, or “privacy standards,” security of individually identifiable health information, or “security standards,” electronic signatures, as well as unique identifiers for providers, employers, health plans and individuals and enforcement. Final regulations have been issued by DHHS for the privacy standards, certain of the transaction standards and security standards.

As a covered entity, we are required to comply in our operations with these standards and are subject to significant civil and criminal penalties for failure to do so. In addition, in connection with providing services to customers that also are healthcare providers, we are required to provide satisfactory written assurances to those customers that we will provide those services in accordance with the privacy standards and security standards. HIPAA has and will require significant and costly changes for us and others in the healthcare industry. Compliance with the privacy standards became mandatory in April 2003 and compliance with the security standards became mandatory in April 2005.

Like other businesses subject to HIPAA regulations, we cannot fully predict the total financial or other impact of these regulations on us. The costs associated with our ongoing compliance could be substantial, which could negatively impact our profitability.

Our quarterly and annual operating and financial results and our gross margins are likely to fluctuate significantly in future periods.

Our quarterly and annual operating and financial results are difficult to predict and may fluctuate significantly from period to period. Our revenue and results of operations may fluctuate as a result of a variety of factors that are outside of our control including, but not limited to, general economic conditions, the timing of orders from our OEM partners, our OEM partners ability to manufacture and ship their digital mammography systems, our timely receipt by the FDA for the clearance to market our products, our ability to timely engage other OEM partners for the sale of our products, the timing of product enhancements and new product introductions by us or our competitors, the pricing of our products, changes in customers’ budgets, competitive conditions and the possible deferral of revenue under our revenue recognition policies.

Our existing and future debt obligations could impair our liquidity and financial condition, and in the event we are unable to meet our debt obligations the lenders could foreclose on our assets.

In connection with a Facility Agreement entered into on December 29, 2011, we incurred $15,000,000 principal amount of long-term debt. Our debt obligations:

• could impair our liquidity;

• could make it more difficult for us to satisfy our other obligations;

33

• require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow to payments on our debt obligations, which reduces the availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures and other corporate requirements;

• impose restrictions on our ability to incur indebtedness, other than permitted indebtedness, and could impede us from obtaining additional financing in the future for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and general corporate purposes;

• impose restrictions on us with respect to the use of our available cash, including in connection with future acquisitions;

• require us to maintain at least $5,000,000 of cash and cash equivalents as of the last day of each calendar quarter;

• make us more vulnerable in the event of a downturn in our business prospects and could limit our flexibility to plan for, or react to, changes in our licensing markets; and

• could place us at a competitive disadvantage when compared to our competitors who have less debt.

We have pledged substantially all of our assets to secure our obligations under the Facility Agreement. In the event that we were to fail in the future to make any required payment under agreements governing our indebtedness or fail to comply with the financial and operating covenants contained in those agreements, we would be in default regarding that indebtedness. A debt default would enable the lenders to foreclose on the assets securing such debt and could significantly diminish the market value and marketability of our common stock and could result in the acceleration of the payment obligations under all or a portion of our consolidated indebtedness.

The markets for many of our products are subject to changing technology.

The markets for many products we sell are subject to changing technology, new product introductions and product enhancements, and evolving industry standards. The introduction or enhancement of products embodying new technology or the emergence of new industry standards could render our existing products obsolete or result in short product life cycles or our inability to sell our products without offering a significant discount. Accordingly, our ability to compete is in part dependent on our ability to continually offer enhanced and improved products.

We depend upon a limited number of suppliers and manufacturers for our products, and certain components in our products may be available from a sole or limited number of suppliers.

Our products are generally either manufactured and assembled for us by a sole manufacturer, by a limited number of manufacturers or assembled by us from supplies we obtain from a limited number of suppliers. Critical components required to manufacture our products, whether by outside manufacturers or directly by us, may be available from a sole or limited number of

34

component suppliers. We generally do not have long-term arrangements with any of our manufacturers or suppliers. The loss of a sole or key manufacturer or supplier could materially impair our ability to deliver products to our customers in a timely manner and would adversely affect our sales and operating results. Our business would be harmed if any of our manufacturers or suppliers could not meet our quality and performance specifications and quantity and delivery requirements.

We distribute our products in highly competitive markets and our sales may suffer as a result.

We operate in highly competitive and rapidly changing markets that contain competitive products available from nationally and internationally recognized companies. Many of these competitors have significantly greater financial, technical and human resources than us and are well established. In addition, some companies have developed or may develop technologies or products that could compete with the products we manufacture and distribute or that would render our products obsolete or noncompetitive. In addition, our competitors may achieve patent protection, regulatory approval, or product commercialization that would limit our ability to compete with them. These and other competitive pressures could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We cannot be certain of the future effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting or the impact of the same on our operations or the market price for our common stock.

Pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, we are required to include in our Annual Report on Form 10-K our assessment of the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting. We have dedicated a significant amount of time and resources to ensure compliance with this legislation for the year ended December 31, 2013 and will continue to do so for future fiscal periods. Although we believe that we currently have adequate internal control procedures in place, we cannot be certain that future material changes to our internal controls over financial reporting will be effective. If we cannot adequately maintain the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting, we might be subject to sanctions or investigation by regulatory authorities, such as the SEC. Any such action could adversely affect our financial results and the market price of our common stock.

Our future prospects depend on our ability to retain current key employees and attract additional qualified personnel.

Our success depends in large part on the continued service of our executive officers and other key employees. We may not be able to retain the services of our executive officers and other key employees. The loss of executive officers or other key personnel could have a material adverse effect on us.

In addition, in order to support our continued growth, we will be required to effectively recruit, develop and retain additional qualified personnel. If we are unable to attract and retain additional necessary personnel, it could delay or hinder our plans for growth. Competition for

35

such personnel is intense, and there can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully attract, assimilate or retain sufficiently qualified personnel. The failure to retain and attract necessary personnel could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our international operations expose us to various risks, any number of which could harm our business.

Our revenue from sales outside of the United States, represented approximately 6% of our revenue for 2013. We are subject to the risks inherent in conducting business across national boundaries, any one of which could adversely impact our business. In addition to currency fluctuations, these risks include, among other things: economic downturns; changes in or interpretations of local law, governmental policy or regulation; restrictions on the transfer of funds into or out of the country; varying tax systems; and government protectionism. One or more of the foregoing factors could impair our current or future operations and, as a result, harm our overall business.

The market price of our common stock has been, and may continue to be, volatile which could reduce the market price of our common stock.

The publicly traded shares of our common stock have experienced, and may experience in the future, significant price and volume fluctuations. This market volatility could reduce the market price of our common stock without regard to our operating performance. In addition, the trading price of our common stock could change significantly in response to actual or anticipated variations in our quarterly operating results, announcements by us or our competitors, factors affecting the medical imaging industry generally, changes in national or regional economic conditions, changes in securities analysts’ estimates for us or our competitors’ or industry’s future performance or general market conditions, making it more difficult for shares of our common stock to be sold at a favorable price or at all. The market price of our common stock could also be reduced by general market price declines or market volatility in the future or future declines or volatility in the prices of stocks for companies in our industry.

A substantial number of shares of our common stock are eligible for future sale, and the sale of shares of common stock into the market, or the perception that such sales may occur, may depress our stock price.

Sales of substantial additional shares of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that these sales may occur, may significantly lower the market price of our common stock. We are unable to estimate the amount, timing or nature of future sales of shares of our common stock. We have previously issued a substantial number of shares of common stock, which are eligible for resale under Rule 144 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, and may become freely tradable. We have also registered shares that are issuable upon the exercise of options and warrants. If holders of options or warrants choose to exercise their securities and sell shares of common stock issued upon the exercise in the public market, or if holders of currently restricted common stock choose to sell such shares of common stock in the public market under Rule 144 or otherwise, or attempt to publicly sell such shares all at once or in a short time period, the prevailing market price for our common stock may decline.

36

Future issuances of shares of our common stock may cause significant dilution of equity interests of existing holders of common stock and decrease the market price of shares of our common stock.

We have previously issued options and warrants that are exercisable into a significant number of shares of our common stock. Should existing holders of options or warrants exercise their securities into shares of our common stock, it may cause significant dilution of equity interests of existing holders of our common stock and reduce the market price of shares of our common stock.

Provisions in our corporate charter and in Delaware law could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us, discourage a takeover and adversely affect existing stockholders.

Our certificate of incorporation authorizes the Board of Directors to issue up to 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock. The preferred stock may be issued in one or more series, the terms of which may be determined at the time of issuance by our Board of Directors, without further action by stockholders, and may include, among other things, voting rights (including the right to vote as a series on particular matters), preferences as to dividends and liquidation, conversion and redemption rights, and sinking fund provisions. Although there are currently no shares of preferred stock outstanding, future holders of preferred stock may have rights superior to our common stock and such rights could also be used to restrict our ability to merge with, or sell our assets to a third party.

We are also subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which could prevent us from engaging in a “business combination” with a 15% or greater stockholder” for a period of three years from the date such person acquired that status unless appropriate board or stockholder approvals are obtained.

These provisions could deter unsolicited takeovers or delay or prevent changes in our control or management, including transactions in which stockholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares over the then current market price. These provisions may also limit the ability of stockholders to approve transactions that they may deem to be in their best interests.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments.

Not applicable

Item 2. Properties.

The Company’s executive offices are leased pursuant to a five-year lease (the “Lease”) that commenced on December 15, 2006, and renewed on January 1, 2012, consisting of approximately 11,000 square feet of office space located at 98 Spit Brook Road, Suite 100 in Nashua, New Hampshire (the “Premises”). The Lease renewal provided for an annual base rent of $187,272 during 2013; $192,780 for 2014; $198,288 for 2015 and $203,796 for 2016. Additionally, the Company is required to pay its proportionate share of the building and real estate tax expenses and obtain insurance for the Premises. The Company also has the right to extend the term of the Lease for an additional five year period at the then current market rent rate (but not less than the last annual rent paid by the Company).

37

The Company leases approximately 3,492 square feet of office space located at the 675/Fairborn Commerce Center, 1160 Dayton Yellow Springs Road, Suite 21, in Fairborn Ohio. The Ohio Lease provides for a three (3) year and three (3) month term, which commenced on January 1, 2011 for approximately $43,650 per year, with all amounts payable in equal monthly installments. The Ohio Lease provides the Company with the option to renew the lease for an additional three (3) year period. The monthly payments for the renewal term, if any, will be substantially similar to the payments referred to above. The Company does not expect to renew this lease at the termination of the primary term, which ends in April, 2014.

The Company leases a facility consisting of approximately 24,350 square feet of office, manufacturing and warehousing space located at 101 Nicholson Lane, San Jose, CA. The operating lease commenced September 2012 and provides for an annual base rent of $248,376 through September 2013, $260,064 from October 2013 through September 2014, $271,752 through September 2015, $283,440 through September 2016 and $295,140 through September 2017, with all amounts payable in equal monthly installments. Additionally, the Company is required to pay its proportionate share of the building and real estate tax expenses and obtain insurance for the facility.

In addition to the foregoing leases relating to its principal properties, the Company also has a lease for an additional facility in Nashua, New Hampshire used for product repairs, manufacturing and warehousing.

If the Company is required to seek additional or replacement facilities, it believes there are adequate facilities available at commercially reasonable rates.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings.

On February 18, 2011, in the Orange County Superior Court (Docket No. 30-2011-00451816-CU-PL-CXC), named plaintiffs Jane Doe and John Doe filed a complaint against Xoft, the Company, and Hoag Memorial Hospital Presbyterian asserting causes of action for general negligence, breach of warranty, and strict liability and seeking unlimited damages in excess of $25,000. On March 2, 2011, the Company received a Statement of Damages – specifying that the damages being sought aggregated an amount of at least approximately $14.5 million. On April 6, 2011, plaintiffs Jane Doe and John Doe amended their complaint alleging only medical malpractice against Hoag Memorial Hospital Presbyterian. On April 8, 2011, another complaint was filed in the Orange County Superior Court (Docket No. 30-2011-00465448-CU-MM-CXC) on behalf of four additional Jane Doe plaintiffs and two John Doe spouses with identical allegations against the same defendants. One John Doe spouse from this group of plaintiffs was later dismissed on August 18, 2011. On April 19, 2011, a sixth Jane Doe plaintiff filed an identical complaint in the Orange County Superior Court (Docket No. 30-2011-00468687-CU-MM-CXC), and on May 4, 2011, a seventh Jane Doe plaintiff and John Doe spouse filed another complaint in the Orange County Superior Court (Docket No. 30-2011-00473120-CU-PO-CXC), again with identical allegations against the same defendants. On July 12, 2011, an eighth Jane Doe plaintiff and John Doe spouse filed a complaint in the Orange County Superior Court (Docket No. 30-2011-00491068-CU-PL-CXC), and on July 14, 2011, a ninth Jane Doe plaintiff and John Doe spouse filed another complaint in the Orange County Superior Court (Docket No. 30-2011-00491497-CU-PL-CXC), each with identical allegations as the previously filed complaints. On August 18, 2011, these two groups of Jane Doe plaintiffs and John Doe spouses amended their complaints to correct certain deficiencies. Additionally on August 18, 2011, a tenth Jane Doe plaintiff and two additional John Doe spouses filed a complaint in the Orange County Superior Court (Docket No. 30-2011-501448-CU-PL-CXC),

38

again with identical allegations against the same defendants. On January 18, 2012, three additional Jane Doe plaintiffs and one additional John Doe spouse filed a complaint in the Orange County Superior Court (Docket No. 30-2012-00538423-CU-PL-CXC) with identical allegations against the same defendants. On April 11, 2012, the above-referenced cases were consolidated for all purposes, excluding trial. On May 2, 2012, plaintiffs filed a master consolidated complaint, with the same case number as the original filed complaint. On August 2, 2012, plaintiffs filed fictitious name amendments adding defendants, Mel Silverstein, M.D., Peter Chen, M.D., Lisa Guerrera, M.D., Ralph Mackintosh, Ph.D., Robert Dillman, M.D., and Jack Cox. On September 14, 2012, an additional Jane Doe plaintiff and John Doe spouse filed a complaint in the Orange County Superior Court (Docket No. 30-2012-00598740-CU-PL-CXC) with identical allegations as plaintiffs above against the same original defendants. On October 17, 2012, plaintiff John Doe No. 11 dismissed his complaint, with prejudice, as to all defendants. On November 26, 2012, plaintiffs filed an additional fictitious name amendment adding defendant, American Ceramic Technology, Inc. On January 15, 2013, plaintiffs filed a dismissal, with prejudice, as to defendant, Mel Silverstein, M.D., only. On May 28, 2013, plaintiffs filed an additional fictitious name amendment adding defendant, American Ceramic Technology. On July 11, 2013, American Ceramic Technology filed a cross-complaint for express and implied indemnity, apportionment, contribution and declaratory relief against all defendants. On October 24, 2013, plaintiff’s filed an amended master consolidated complaint. On January 17, 2014, Ralph Mackintosh, Ph.D., Robert Dillman, M.D., Jack Cox, and Hoag Memorial Hospital Presbyterian each filed a cross-complaint for equitable indemnity, contribution and declaratory relief against American Ceramic Technology. It is alleged that each Jane Doe plaintiff was a patient who was treated with the Axxent Electronic Brachytherapy System that incorporated the Axxent Flexishield Mini. The Company believes that all of the Jane Doe plaintiffs were part of the group of 29 patients treated using the Axxent Flexishield Mini as part of a clinical trial. The Axxent Flexishield Mini was the subject of a voluntary recall. These claims are still in the early stages. Based upon our preliminary analysis, the Company plans to vigorously defend the lawsuits however a loss is reasonably possible. Since the amount of the potential damages in the event of an adverse result is not reasonably estimable, we are unable to estimate a range of loss and no expense has been recorded with respect to the contingent liability associated with this matter.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures.

Not applicable.

39

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

The Company’s common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol “ICAD”. The following table sets forth the range of high and low sale prices for each quarterly period during 2013 and 2012.

Fiscal year ended December 31, 2013	High		Low
First Quarter	$	6.90	$	4.25
Second Quarter		6.62		4.24
Third Quarter		6.25		5.27
Fourth Quarter		12.18		5.16
Fiscal year ended December 31, 2012
First Quarter	$	3.45	$	2.25
Second Quarter		2.90		2.10
Third Quarter		2.99		1.75
Fourth Quarter		5.12		1.85

As of February 7, 2014, there were 356 holders of record of the Company’s common stock. In addition, the Company believes that there are in excess of 4,500 holders of its common stock whose shares are held in “street name”.

The Company has not paid any cash dividends on its common stock to date, and the Company does not expect to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Future dividend policy will depend on the Company’s earnings, capital requirements, financial condition, and other factors considered relevant by the Company’s Board of Directors. There are no non-statutory restrictions on the Company’s present ability to pay dividends.

See Item 12 of this Form 10-K for certain information with respect to the Company’s equity compensation plans in effect at December 31, 2013.

Issuer’s Purchases of Equity Securities. For the majority of restricted stock units granted, the number of shares issued on the date that the restricted stock units vest is net of the minimum statutory tax withholding requirements that we pay in cash to the appropriate taxing authorities on behalf of our employees. For the three months ended December 31, 2013 there were 216 shares of our common stock that were repurchased to cover employee income tax withholding obligations in connection with the vesting of restricted stock units under our equity incentive plans.

40

Month of purchase	Total number of shares purchased (1)		Average price paid per share		Total number of shares purchased as part of publicly announced plans or programs		Maximum dollar value of shares that may yet be purchaed under the plans or programs
October 1— October 31, 2013		—	$	—	$	—	$	—
November 1— November 30, 2013		216	$	9.27	$	—	$	—
December 1— December 31, 2013		—	$	—	$	—	$	—
Total		216	$	9.27	$	—	$	—

(1) Represents shares of common stock surrendered by employees to the Company to pay employee withholding taxes due upon the vesting of restricted stock.

(2)

Item 6. Selected Financial Data.

Not applicable.

41

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

Results of Operations

Overview

iCAD is an industry-leading provider of advanced image analysis, workflow solutions and radiation therapy for the early identification and treatment of cancer. The Company now reports in two segments –Cancer Detection (“Detection”) and Cancer Therapy (“Therapy”).

The Company has grown primarily through acquisitions to become a broad player in the oncology market.

In the Detection segment, the Company’s industry-leading solutions include advanced image analysis and workflow solutions that enable healthcare professionals to better serve patients by identifying pathologies and pinpointing the most prevalent cancers earlier, a comprehensive range of high-performance, upgradeable Computer-Aided Detection (CAD) systems and workflow solutions for mammography, Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI) and Computed Tomography CT.

The Company intends to continue the extension of its superior image analysis and clinical decision support solutions for mammography, MRI and CT imaging. iCAD believes that advances in digital imaging techniques should bolster its efforts to develop additional commercially viable CAD/advanced image analysis and workflow products.

In the Therapy segment the Company offers an isotope-free cancer treatment platform technology. The Xoft Electronic Brachytherapy System (“Xoft eBx”) can be used for the treatment of early- stage breast cancer, endometrial cancer, cervical cancer and non-melanoma skin cancer. The Company believes the Xoft eBx system platform indications represent strategic opportunities in the United States and International markets to offer differentiated treatment alternatives. In addition, the Xoft eBx system generates additional recurring revenue for the sale of consumables and related accessories which will continue to drive growth in this segment.

The Company’s headquarters are located in Nashua, New Hampshire, with manufacturing facilities in New Hampshire, a research and development facility in Ohio and, and, an operation, research, development, manufacturing and warehousing facility in San Jose, California. The Company does not expect to renew the lease in the Ohio facility, which will expire in April 2014. The Company does not expect any reduction in its research and development workforce as a result of the lease termination.

Critical Accounting Policies

The Company’s discussion and analysis of its financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows are based on its consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of these

42

financial statements requires the Company to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. On an on-going basis, the Company evaluates these estimates, including those related to revenue recognition, allowance for doubtful accounts, inventory valuation and obsolescence, intangible assets, goodwill, warrants, income taxes, contingencies and litigation. Additionally, the Company uses assumptions and estimates in calculations to determine stock-based compensation and the value of warrants. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that it believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

The Company’s critical accounting policies include:

• Revenue recognition;

• Allowance for doubtful accounts;

• Inventory;

• Valuation of long-lived and intangible assets;

• Goodwill;

• Warrants

• Stock based compensation; and

• Income taxes.

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue primarily from the sale of products and from the sale of services and supplies. Revenue is recognized when delivery has occurred, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, fees are fixed or determinable and collectability of the related receivable is probable. For product revenue, delivery has occurred upon shipment provided title and risk of loss has passed to the customer. Services and supplies revenue are considered to be delivered as the services are performed or over the estimated life of the supply agreement.

The Company recognizes revenue from the sale of its digital, film-based CAD and eBx products and services in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Update No. 2009-13, “Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements” (“ASU 2009-13”) and ASC Update No. 2009-14, “Certain Arrangements That Contain Software Elements” (“ASU 2009-14”) and ASC 985-605 “Software”. Revenue for the sale of certain CAD products is recognized in accordance with ASC 840 (“Leases”) (“ASC 840”). For multiple element arrangements, revenue is allocated to all deliverables based on their relative selling prices. In such circumstances, a hierarchy is used to determine the selling price to be used for allocating revenue to deliverables as follows: (i) vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value (“VSOE”), (ii) third-party evidence of selling price (“TPE”), and (iii) best estimate of the selling price (“BESP”). VSOE generally exists only when the deliverable is sold separately and is the price actually charged for that deliverable. The process for determining BESP for deliverables without VSOE or TPE considers multiple factors including relative selling prices; competitive prices in the marketplace, and management judgment, however, these may vary depending upon the unique facts and circumstances related to each deliverable.

43

The Company uses customer purchase orders that are subject to the Company’s terms and conditions or, in the case of an Original Equipment Manufacturer (“OEM”) are governed by distribution agreements. In accordance with our distribution agreements, the OEM does not have a right of return, and title and risk of loss passes to the OEM upon shipment. The Company generally ships Free On Board shipping point and uses shipping documents and third-party proof of delivery to verify delivery and transfer of title. In addition, the Company assesses whether collection is probable by considering a number of factors, including past transaction history with the customer and the creditworthiness of the customer, as obtained from third party credit references.

If the terms of the sale include customer acceptance provisions and compliance with those provisions cannot be demonstrated, all revenue is deferred and not recognized until such acceptance occurs. The Company considers all relevant facts and circumstances in determining when to recognize revenue, including contractual obligations to the customer, the customer’s post-delivery acceptance provisions, if any, and the installation process.

The Company has determined that iCAD’s Digital, and film based sales generally follow the guidance of FASB ASC Topic 605 “Revenue Recognition” (ASC 605”) as the software has been considered essential to the functionality of the product per the guidance of ASU 2009-14. Typically, the responsibility for the installation process lies with the OEM partner. On occasion, when iCAD is responsible for product installation, the installation element is considered a separate unit of accounting because the delivered product has stand-alone value to the customer. In these instances, the Company allocates the deliverables based on the framework established within ASU 2009-13. Therefore, the installation and training revenue is recognized as the services are performed according to the BESP of the element. Revenue from the Digital, and film based equipment when there is installation is recognized based on the relative selling price allocation of the BESP.

Revenue from the Company’s MRI products is recognized in accordance with ASC 985-605 “Software”. Sales of this product include third-party OEM support, and the Company has established VSOE for this element based on substantive renewal rates for support as specified in the agreement. Product revenue is determined based on the residual value in the arrangement, and is recognized when delivered. Revenue for third-party support is deferred and recognized over the support period which is typically on an annual basis.

Sales of the Company’s eBx product typically include a controller, accessories, and service and source agreements. The Company allocates revenue to the deliverables in the arrangement based on the BESP in accordance with ASU 2009-13. Product revenue is generally recognized when the product has been delivered and service and source revenue is typically recognized over the life of the service and source agreement.

The Company defers revenue from the sale of service contracts related to future periods and recognizes revenue on a straight-line basis in accordance with ASC Topic 605-20, “Services”. The Company provides for estimated warranty costs on original product warranties at the time of sale.

44

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The Company’s policy is to maintain allowances for estimated losses from the inability of its customers to make required payments. Credit limits are established through a process of reviewing the financial results, stability and payment history of each customer. Where appropriate, the Company obtains credit rating reports and financial statements of customers when determining or modifying credit limits. The Company’s senior management reviews accounts receivable on a periodic basis to determine if any receivables may potentially be uncollectible. The Company includes any accounts receivable balances that it determines may likely be uncollectible, along with a general reserve for estimated probable losses based on historical experience, in its overall allowance for doubtful accounts. An amount would be written off against the allowance after all attempts to collect the receivable had failed. Based on the information available to the Company, it believes the allowance for doubtful accounts as of December 31, 2013 is adequate.

Inventory

Inventory is valued at the lower of cost or market value, with cost determined by the first-in, first-out method. The Company regularly reviews inventory quantities on hand and records a provision for excess and/or obsolete inventory primarily based upon historical usage of its inventory as well as other factors.

Long Lived Assets

Long-lived assets, other than goodwill, are evaluated for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable through the estimated undiscounted future cash flows from the use of these assets. When any such impairment exists, the related assets are written down to fair value. Intangible assets subject to amortization consist primarily of patents, technology intangibles, trade names, customer relationships and distribution agreements purchased in the Company’s previous acquisitions. These assets are amortized on a straight-line basis or the pattern of economic benefit over their estimated useful lives of 5 to 10 years.

Goodwill

In accordance with FASB ASC Topic 350-20, “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other”, (“ASC 350-20”), the Company tests goodwill for impairment on an annual basis and between annual tests if events and circumstances indicate it is more likely than not that the fair value of the Company is less than the carrying value of the Company.

Factors the Company considers important, which could trigger an impairment of such asset, include the following:

• significant underperformance relative to historical or projected future operating results;

45

• significant changes in the manner or use of the assets or the strategy for the Company’s overall business;

• significant negative industry or economic trends;

• significant decline in the Company’s stock price for a sustained period; and

• a decline in the Company’s market capitalization below net book value.

As of June 2013, the Company determined that it had two reporting units and two reportable segments based on the information provided to our Chief Executive Officer, who is our Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”). Goodwill was allocated to the reporting units based on the relative fair value of the reporting units as of June 2013.

The Company performed the annual impairment assessment at October 1, 2013 based on the new reporting structure and compared the fair value of each of reporting unit to its carrying value as of this date. Fair value of each reporting unit exceeded the carry value by approximately 362% for the Detection reporting unit and 179% for the Therapy reporting unit, respectively. The carrying values of the reporting units were determined based on an allocation of our assets and liabilities through specific allocation of certain assets and liabilities, to the reporting units and an apportionment based on the relative size of the reporting units’ revenues and operating expenses compared to the Company as a whole. The determination of reporting units also requires management judgment.

We would record an impairment charge if such an assessment were to indicate that the fair value of a reporting unit was less than the carrying value. When we evaluate potential impairments outside of our annual measurement date, judgment is required in determining whether an event has occurred that may impair the value of goodwill or intangible assets. We utilize either discounted cash flow models or other valuation models, such as comparative transactions and market multiples, to determine the fair value of our reporting unit. We make assumptions about future cash flows, future operating plans, discount rates, comparable companies, market multiples, purchase price premiums and other factors in those models. Different assumptions and judgment determinations could yield different conclusions that would result in an impairment charge to income in the period that such change or determination was made.

We determined the fair values for each reporting units using a weighting of the income approach and the market approach. For purposes of the income approach, fair value is determined based on the present value of estimated future cash flows, discounted at an appropriate risk adjusted rate. We use our internal forecasts to estimate future cash flows and include an estimate of long-term future growth rates based on our most recent views of the long-term forecast for each segment. Accordingly, actual results can differ from those assumed in our forecasts. Our discount rate of approximately 25% is derived from a capital asset pricing model and analyzing published rates for industries relevant to our reporting units to estimate the cost of equity financing. We use discount rates that are commensurate with the risks and uncertainty inherent in the respective businesses and in our internally developed forecasts.

46

In the market approach, we use a valuation technique in which values are derived based on market prices of publicly traded companies with similar operating characteristics and industries. A market approach allows for comparison to actual market transactions and multiples. It can be somewhat limited in its application because the population of potential comparable publicly-traded companies can be limited due to differing characteristics of the comparative business and ours, as well as the fact that market data may not be available for divisions within larger conglomerates or non-public subsidiaries that could otherwise qualify as comparable, and the specific circumstances surrounding a market transaction (e.g., synergies between the parties, terms and conditions of the transaction, etc.) may be different or irrelevant with respect to our business.

We corroborated the total fair values of the reporting units using a market capitalization approach; however, this approach cannot be used to determine the fair value of each reporting unit value. The blend of the income approach and market approach is more closely aligned to our business profile, including markets served and products available. In addition, required rates of return, along with uncertainties inherent in the forecast of future cash flows, are reflected in the selection of the discount rate. Equally important, under the blended approach, reasonably likely scenarios and associated sensitivities can be developed for alternative future states that may not be reflected in an observable market price. We assess each valuation methodology based upon the relevance and availability of the data at the time we perform the valuation and weight the methodologies appropriately.

Warrants

In January 2012, the Company entered into several agreements with Deerfield Management, a healthcare investment fund (“Deerfield”), which included the issuance of warrants to purchase up to 550,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $3.50 per share, of which 450,000 shares of the Company’s common stock became immediately exercisable. An additional 100,000 shares of common stock will become exercisable if the Company elects to extend the debt as described in the agreements. The Company accounts for the warrants as debt in accordance with ASC 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity”. On a quarterly basis the Company evaluates the fair value of Warrants using a binomial lattice model. Inputs into the binomial lattice method include expected volatility, interest rate, and probabilities of a voluntary exercise of the warrants as well as the probability of major transaction (i.e. company sale). The inputs to determine the value of the warrants in the binomial lattice model require significant accounting judgment and estimates.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company maintains stock-based incentive plans, under which it provides stock incentives to employees, directors and contractors. The Company grants to employees, directors and contractors, options to purchase common stock at an exercise price equal to the market value of the stock at the date of grant. The Company grants restricted stock to employees. The underlying shares of the restricted stock grant are not issued until the shares vest, and compensation expense is based on the stock price of the shares at the time of grant. The Company follows ASC 718, “Compensation – Stock Compensation”, (“ASC 718”), for all stock-based compensation.

47

The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to value stock options which requires extensive use of accounting judgment and financial estimates, including estimates of the expected term participants will retain their vested stock options before exercising them, the estimated volatility of its common stock price over the expected term, and the number of options that will be forfeited prior to the completion of their vesting requirements. Fair value of restricted stock is determined based on the stock price of the underlying option on the date of the grant. Application of alternative assumptions could produce significantly different estimates of the fair value of stock-based compensation and consequently, the related amounts recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Income Taxes

The Company follows the liability method under ASC 740, “Income Taxes” (“ASC 740”). The primary objectives of accounting for taxes under ASC 740 are to (a) recognize the amount of tax payable for the current year and (b) recognize the amount of deferred tax liability or asset for the future tax consequences of events that have been reflected in the Company’s financial statements or tax returns. The Company has provided a full valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets at December 31, 2013 and 2012 as it is more likely than not that the deferred tax asset will not be realized.

ASC 740-10 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements and prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. ASC 740-10 also provides guidance on de-recognition, classification, interest and penalties, disclosure and transition.

In addition, uncertain tax positions and tax related valuation allowances assumed in connection with a business combination are initially estimated as of the acquisition date and the Company revaluates these items quarterly, with any adjustments to preliminary estimates being recorded to goodwill, provided that the Company is within the measurement period (which may be up to one year from the acquisition date) and continues to collect information in order to determine their estimated values. Subsequent to the measurement period or final determination of the tax allowance’s or contingency’s estimated value, changes to these uncertain tax positions and tax related valuation allowances may affect the provision for income taxes presented in the Company’s statement of operations.

Year Ended December 31, 2013 compared to Year Ended December 31, 2012

Revenue. Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $33.1 million compared with revenue of $28.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, an increase of $4.8 million or 16.9%. Therapy revenue increased $5.2 million and Detection revenue decreased $0.4 million.

48

The table below presents the components of revenue for 2013 and 2012:

	For the year ended December 31,
	2013		2012		Change			% Change
Detection revenue
Product revenue	$	8,491	$	9,846	$	(1,355	)		(13.8	)%
Service revenue		8,414		7,416		998			13.5	%
Subtotal		16,905		17,262		(357	)		(2.1	)%
Therapy revenue
Product revenue		11,065		8,130		2,935			36.1	%
Service revenue		5,097		2,883		2,214			76.8	%
Subtotal		16,162		11,013		5,149			46.8	%
Total revenue	$	33,067	$	28,275	$	4,792			16.9	%

Detection revenues decreased slightly by $0.4 million from $17.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $16.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. Detection product revenue decreased $1.4 million offset by an increase in service revenue of $1.0 million. The decrease in Detection product revenue is primarily due to a $0.9 million decrease in film-based revenue, and a $0.5 million decrease in digital revenues. The decrease in digital revenue was driven by decreases in demand for digital CAD systems primarily from our OEM customers. The decline in revenue from film-based products and accessories was the result of the decreasing market for film based products as most customers have transitioned to digital technologies. Detection service and supplies revenue increased $1.0 million primarily due to an increase in the number of customers with a service contract, offset by a decline in customer with analog service contracts.

Therapy revenue increased 46.8% or $5.2 million to $16.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 from $11.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase in Therapy revenue was driven by an increase in Therapy product revenue of $2.9 million and an increase in Therapy service revenue of $2.2 million.

The increase in Therapy product revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013 is due primarily to an increase in number of Xoft eBx systems sold, which increased by 14 units, representing approximately $2.6 million, an increase of 12 systems as compared to the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012. The use of the Xoft eBx system in the treatment of non-melanoma skin cancer contributed to the growth in 2013, and we believe this will continue to be an important market for the growth of Therapy product revenue. Applicators, which are typically sold with the Xoft eBx system accounted for an increase of approximately $0.3 million.

The increase in Therapy service revenue of $2.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 is due an increase in the number of customers and associated service and source contracts purchased by our growing install base. Service and supply revenue is expected to increase as the sales of Xoft eBx systems increase.

49

Gross Margin. Gross margin was $23.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to $20.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, an increase of $3.1 million, due primarily to an increase in Therapy gross margin of $3.4 million from $6.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2012 to $9.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2013. This increase was offset by a decrease of $0.3 million from $13.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2012 to $13.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2013 in Detection gross margin. The increase in Therapy gross margin was due primarily to the increase in Therapy revenue.

Gross margin percent was 69.8% for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to 70.8% for the year ended December 31, 2012. Gross margin percent decreased slightly by 1.0%, due primarily to the $0.5 million impact of the Medical Device Excise tax which was enacted in 2013. Gross margin will fluctuate due to the costs related to manufacturing, amortization and the impact of product mix in each segment. Cost of revenue and gross margin for 2013 and 2012 were as follows (in thousands):

	For the year ended December 31,
	2013			2012			Change		% Change
Products	$	5,933		$	4,834		$	1,099		22.7	%
Service and supplies		3,111			2,479			632		25.5	%
Amortization		938			931			7		0.8	%
Total cost of revenue		9,982			8,244			1,738		21.1	%
Gross margin	$	23,085		$	20,031		$	3,054		15.2	%
Gross margin %		69.8	%		70.8	%

Operating Expenses:

Operating expenses for 2013 and 2012 are as follows (in thousands):

	For the year ended December 31,
	2013		2012		Change			% Change
Operating expenses:
Engineering and product development	$	7,694	$	7,769	$	(75	)		(1.0%	)
Marketing and sales		10,427		10,708		(281	)		(2.6%	)
General and administrative		6,740		6,966		(226	)		(3.2%	)
Total operating expenses	$	24,861	$	25,443	$	(582	)		(2.3%	)

Engineering and Product Development. Engineering and product development costs for the year ended December 31, 2013 decreased by $75,000 or 1.0%, from $7.8 million in 2012 to $7.7 million in 2013. Therapy engineering and product development costs increased by approximately $180,000 offset by a decrease of $255,000 in the Detection segment. Clinical trial and research expenses in the Therapy segment increased by approximately $0.2 million which was offset by decreases in consulting and subcontracting in the Detection segment of $0.3 million.

50

Marketing and Sales. Marketing and sales expense for the year ended December 31, 2013 decreased by $0.3 million or 2.6%, from $10.7 million in 2012 to $10.4 million in 2013. Therapy marketing and sales expenses increased approximately $0.5 million offset by a decrease of $0.8 million in the Detection segment. The decrease in marketing and sales expense was due primarily to a decrease in personnel, travel advertising and trade show expenses in the Detection segment offset by increases in sales and personnel expenses in the Therapy segment.

General and Administrative. General and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2013 decreased by $0.2 million or 3.2%, from $6.9 million in 2012 to $6.7 million in 2013. The reduction in general and administrative expenses was primarily due to a reduction in amortization expenses for assets fully amortized, consulting, and franchise taxes.

Other Income and Expense

	For the year ended December 31,
	2013			2012			Change			Change %
Interest expense	$	(3,277	)	$	(3,415	)		138			(4.0	)%
Loss from change in fair value of warrant liability		(2,448	)		(539	)		(1,909	)		354.2	%
Interest income		19			35			(16	)		(45.7	)%
	$	(5,706	)	$	(3,919	)	$	(1,787	)		45.6	%
Income tax expense	$	126		$	43			83			193.0	%

The Company recorded $3.3 million of interest expense in 2013 as compared with $3.4 million of interest expense during the year ended December 31, 2012. The decrease in interest expense is due to a decrease of $0.1 million related to the accretion of the settlement liabilities with Zeiss and Hologic. Interest expense related to the Deerfield financing was $3.0 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012.

The loss from the change in the fair value of the warrant in 2013 was due primarily to the increase in the stock price of the Company offset by a decrease in volatility during 2013. The warrants were issued in connection with the financing closed in January 2012 and are recorded at fair value using the binomial lattice method.

Year Ended December 31, 2012 compared to Year Ended December 31, 2011

Revenue. Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $28.3 million compared with revenue of $28.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, a decrease of $0.4 million or 1.3%. Therapy revenue increased $5.1 million, which almost offset the decline in Detection revenue of $5.5 million.

51

The table below presents the components of revenue for 2012 and 2011:

	For the year ended December 31,
	2012		2011		Change			% Change
Detection revenue
Product revenue	$	9,846	$	15,617	$	(5,771	)		(37.0	)%
Service revenue		7,416		7,148		268			3.7	%
Subtotal		17,262		22,765		(5,503	)		(24.2	)%
Therapy revenue
Product revenue		8,130		3,711		4,419			119.1	%
Service revenue		2,883		2,176		707			32.5	%
Subtotal		11,013		5,887		5,126			87.1	%
Total revenue	$	28,275	$	28,652	$	(377	)		(1.3	)%

Therapy product revenue increased 119.1% to $8.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $3.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2011. We believe the increase in demand for eBx systems resulted from increased awareness, additional clinical trial data and an increase in reimbursement rates for customers treating patients. Therapy service revenues increased by $707,000 or 32.5% to $2.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2012 from $2.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase in the Therapy service revenue was due primarily to increased use of supplies as customers treatment volumes increased.

Detection product revenue for the year ended December 31, 2012 decreased $5.8 million or 37.0% from $15.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2011. The primary decrease related to digital and MRI CAD revenues which decreased 36.8%, to $8.4 million compared to $13.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The decrease in digital and MRI CAD revenue was due primarily to a decrease in digital revenue of $4.6 million which was driven by decreases in demand for digital CAD systems primarily from our OEM customers, a decrease of approximately $0.5 million in MRI CAD revenue which was offset by an increase in colon revenue of approximately $0.2 million. Revenue from iCAD’s film based products for the year ended December 31, 2012 decreased 37.9% to $1.5 million compared to $2.4 million in 2011. The decline in revenue from film-based products and accessories was the result of the decreasing market for film based products as most customers have transitioned to digital technologies.

Detection service revenue for the year ended December 31, 2012 increased 3.7% to $7.4 million from $7.2 million in 2011. The increase in Detection service revenue was due primarily to customization work completed on our MRI products, increased service contract revenue on the Company’s growing installed base of CAD products offset by a decline in analog service contracts.

Gross Margin. Gross margin was $20.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to $20.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Gross Margin in the Therapy segment increased by $4.5 million from $1.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2011 to $6.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2012. This increase was offset by a decrease of $4.5 million from $18.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2011 to $13.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2012 in Detection gross margin. Gross margin changes in each of the segments were primarily due to the increase in Therapy revenue and the decrease in Detection revenue.

52

Gross margin percent was 70.8% for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to 69.9% for the year ended December 31, 2011. Gross margin percent increased slightly despite the reduction in revenue and gross margin percent increased slightly by 0.9 points. The reduction in cost of revenue resulted primarily from a reduction in the cost of service due to ongoing expense reductions during 2012. Cost of revenue and gross margin for 2012 and 2011 were as follows (in thousands):

	For the year ended December 31,
	2012			2011			Change			% Change
Products	$	4,834		$	4,788		$	46			1.0	%
Service and supplies		2,479			2,906			(427	)		(14.7	%)
Amortization		931			931			—			0.0	%
Total cost of revenue		8,244			8,625			(381	)		(4.4	%)
Gross margin	$	20,031		$	20,027		$	4			0.0	%
Gross margin %		70.8	%		69.9	%

Operating Expenses:

Operating expenses for 2012 and 2011 are as follows (in thousands):

	For the year ended December 31,
	2012		2011			Change			% Change
Operating expenses:
Engineering and product development	$	7,769	$	10,791		$	(3,022	)		(28.0%	)
Marketing and sales		10,708		13,684			(2,976	)		(21.7%	)
General and administrative		6,966		9,999			(3,033	)		(30.3%	)
Contingent consideration		—		(4,900	)		4,900			(100.0%	)
Goodwill impairment		—		26,828			(26,828	)		(100.0%	)
Loss on indemnification asset		—		741			(741	)		(100.0%	)
Total operating expenses	$	25,443	$	57,143		$	(31,700	)		(55.5%	)

Engineering and Product Development. Engineering and product development costs for the year ended December 31, 2012 decreased by $3.0 million or 28.0%, from $10.8 million in 2011 to $7.8 million in 2012. Therapy engineering and product development costs decreased by approximately $0.3 million and Detection decreased by approximately $2.7 million. The decrease in engineering and product development costs was primarily due to an approximately $1.1 million reduction in salary expense and a $1.8 million reduction in consulting and professional services expenses, primarily in the Detection segment. The decrease in salary expense was due to a decrease in headcount, and the decrease in consulting and professional services expense was due to product development activities that were completed during 2011.

53

Marketing and Sales. Marketing and sales expense for the year ended December 31, 2012 decreased by $3.0 million or 21.7%, from $13.7 million in 2011 to $10.7 million in 2012. Therapy marketing and sales expenses increased approximately $0.3 million offset by a decrease of $3.3 million in the Detection segment. The decrease in marketing and sales expense was primarily due to the decrease of approximately $2.8 million reduction in salary and commission expense reflecting the reduction in commercial headcount in the Detection segment.

General and Administrative. General and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2012 decreased by $3.0 million or 30.3%, from $10.0 million in 2011 to $6.9 million in 2012. The reduction in general and administrative expenses was primarily due to a $1.4 million reduction in legal expenses resulting from litigation settled during 2011, a reduction in consulting and professional services of $0.6 million, a reduction of rent and facilities expense of $0.5 million and a reduction in salaries of $0.3 million.

Contingent Consideration: The gain of $4.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2011 represents a reduction of contingent consideration resulting from the acquisition of Xoft. The Company is required to determine the fair value of the contingent consideration at each reporting period. The Company determined that the revenue thresholds to achieve the consideration were unlikely to be met, and therefore, reduced the fair value of contingent consideration to $0. As of December 31, 2012, it remains unlikely that the revenue thresholds would be met, and accordingly the fair value remains at $0.

Goodwill Impairment: During the quarter ended September 30, 2011, the Company recorded an impairment of goodwill of approximately $26.8 million. There were no impairment charges during 2012.

Loss on indemnification asset: In connection with the settlement of the litigation with Zeiss, the Company recorded, retrospectively, an indemnification asset as a purchase price adjustment as of December 31, 2010. The fair value of the indemnification asset was determined to be the value of the underlying shares in escrow at the date of acquisition. Subsequent changes in the value of the shares were recorded as an approximate $0.7 million loss on the indemnification asset during the year ended December 31, 2011.

Other Income and Expense

	For the year ended December 31,
	2012			2011			Change			Change %
Interest expense	$	(3,415	)	$	(422	)		(2,993	)		709.2	%
Loss from change in fair value of warrant liability		(539	)		—			(539	)		100.0	%
Interest income		35			27			8			29.6	%
	$	(3,919	)	$	(395	)	$	(3,524	)		892.2	%
Income tax expense	$	43		$	76			(33	)		(43.4	)%

54

The Company recorded $3.4 million of interest expense in 2012 as compared to $422,000 of interest expense during the year ended December 31, 2011. Interest expense in 2012 represents approximately $3.0 million associated with the Deerfield financing and $0.4 million related to the accretion of the settlement liabilities with Zeiss and Hologic. Interest expense in 2011 represents the accretion of the settlement liabilities with Zeiss and Hologic.

The warrants were issued in connection with the financing closed in January 2012 and are recorded at fair value using the binomial lattice method. The loss from the change in the fair value of the warrant in 2012 was due primarily to the increase in the stock price of the Company from the date of issuance to December 31, 2012.

Segment Analysis

The Company operates in and reports results for two segments, Cancer Detection and Cancer Therapy. Segment operating income (loss) includes Cost of Sales, Engineering and Product Development and Marketing and Sales for the respective segment. Adjusted EBITDA is a Non-GAAP measure and excludes Stock Compensation, Depreciation and Amortization expense in the department of the respective segment. General and Administrative expenses as well as Other Income and Expense not allocated to a segment. A summary of Segment revenues, segment operating income (loss) and segment adjusted EBITDA for each of the fiscal years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively are below:

55

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Segment revenues:
Detection	$	16,905		$	17,262		$	22,765
Therapy		16,162			11,013			5,887
Total Revenue	$	33,067		$	28,275		$	28,652
Segment operating income (loss):
Detection	$	5,016		$	4,274		$	2,837
Therapy		(52	)		(2,720	)		(7,285	)
Segment operating income (loss)	$	4,964		$	1,554		$	(4,448	)
Segment adjusted EBITDA:
Detection segment operating income	$	5,016		$	4,274		$	2,837
Stock compensation		383			338			328
Depreciation		175			144			195
Amortization		517			519			522
Detection adjusted EBITDA	$	6,091		$	5,275		$	3,882
Therapy segment operating loss	$	(52	)	$	(2,720	)	$	(7,285	)
Stock compensation		139			97			82
Depreciation		424			595			640
Amortization		939			931			931
Therapy adjusted EBITDA	$	1,450		$	(1,097	)	$	(5,632	)

Detection segment operating income improved from $2.8 million for the period ended December 31, 2011 to $4.3 million for the period ended December 31, 2012, and increased to $5.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase in segment operating income was primarily the result of reductions in operating expenses from $15.6 million to $9.7 million and $8.6 million in each of the periods ending December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively. Detection segment adjusted EBITDA increased due primarily to the reduction in segment operating expenses.

Therapy segment operating income improved from a loss of $7.3 million for the period ended December 31, 2011 to a loss of $2.7 million for the period ended December 31, 2012, and a loss of $52,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013. Therapy operating income increased primarily due to the increase in Therapy revenues. Total operating expenses were $8.9 million, $8.8 million and $9.6 million in each of the periods ending December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013. The increase in Therapy operating expense for the period ended December 31, 2013 partially offset the increase in Therapy revenue, and reflects the increased investment in the Therapy segment. Therapy segment adjusted EBITDA increased due primarily to the increase in segment revenues.

56

Liquidity and Capital Resources

The Company believes that its cash and cash equivalents balance of $11.9 million as of December 31, 2013, and projected cash balances are sufficient to sustain operations through at least the next 12 months. The Company’s ability to generate cash adequate to meet its future capital requirements will depend primarily on operating cash flow. If sales or cash collections are reduced from current expectations, or if expenses and cash requirements are increased, the Company may require additional financing, although there are no guarantees that the Company will be able to obtain the financing if necessary. The Company will continue to closely monitor its liquidity and the capital and credit markets.

The Company had working capital deficit of $0.4 million at December 31, 2013. The ratio of current assets to current liabilities at December 31, 2013 and 2012 was 0.98 and 1.5, respectively. The decrease in working capital is due primarily to the increase in deferred revenue, and the increase in the current portion of notes-payable, and the increase in the value of the warrant offset by the increase in accounts receivable.

Net cash used for operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2013 decreased by $2.8 million to $1.4 million compared to net cash used for operations of $4.2 million for 2012. The reduction in cash used for operating activities during the year ended December 31, 2013 was due partially to the reduction in net loss from $9.4 million in 2012 to $7.6 million in 2013, which net of adjustments was $0.3 million in 2013 versus $3.5 million in 2012. During 2013 the Company used cash due to changes in operating assets and liabilities of approximately $1.1 million, an increase of cash used of approximately $0.4 million. Accounts receivable grew by approximately $1.7 million to $2.6 million in 2013, as several large eBx system orders were at the end of the quarter. Deferred revenue grew $1.2 million to $2.0 million, reflecting an increase in service and supplies agreements related to sales of eBx systems and Powerlook AMP. We expect that changes in accounts receivable and deferred revenue will continue to be the significant driver of changes in cash used in or provided by operations as the Company grows.

The net cash used for investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $0.7 million. The cash used for investing activities in 2013 was primarily for purchases of fixed assets of $0.5 million.

Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $72,000, which was due to the proceeds from stock option exercises.

57

The following table summarizes as of December 31, 2013, for the periods presented, the Company’s future estimated cash payments under existing contractual obligations, and the financing obligations as noted below (in thousands).

Contractual Obligations	Payments due by period
	Total		Less than 1 year		1-3 years		3-5 years		5+ years
Operating Lease Obligations	$	1,727	$	500	$	972	$	255	$	—
Capital Lease Obligations		363		128		235		—		—
Royalty Obligations		2,475		275		800		1,050		350
Notes Payable		18,781		5,112		13,436		233		—
Other Commitments		1,396		1,396		—		—		—
Total Contractual Obligations	$	24,742	$	7,411	$	15,443	$	1,538	$	350

Lease Obligations:

As of December 31, 2013, the Company had four lease obligations related to its facilities.

The Company’s executive offices are located in Nashua, New Hampshire and are leased pursuant to a five-year lease (the “Lease”) that commenced on December 15, 2006, and renewed on January 1, 2012 (the “Premises”). The Lease renewal provided for annual base rent of $181,764 for the first year; $187,272 for the second year; $192,780 for the third year; $198,288 for the fourth year and $203,796 for the fifth year. Additionally, the Company is required to pay its proportionate share of the building and real estate tax expenses and obtain insurance for the Premises. The Company also has the right to extend the term of the Lease for an additional five year period at the then current market rent rate (but not less than the last annual rent paid by the Company).

The Company leases office space located in Fairborn Ohio. The Ohio Lease provides for a three (3) year and three (3) month term, which commenced on January 1, 2011 for approximately $43,650 per year, with all amounts payable in equal monthly installments. The Ohio Lease provides the Company with the option to renew the lease for an additional three (3) year period. The monthly payments for the renewal term, if any, will be substantially similar to the payments referred to above. The Company does not intend to renew this lease when it expires in April 2014.

The Company leases a facility in San Jose, California under a non-cancelable operating lease which commenced in September, 2012. The facility has office, manufacturing and warehousing space. The operating lease provides for an annual base rent of $248,376, for the first year $260,064, for the second year $271,752, for the third year $283,440 for the fourth year and $295,140 for the fifth year with all amounts payable in equal monthly installments. Additionally, the Company is required to pay its proportionate share of the building and real estate tax expenses and obtain insurance for the facility.

In addition to the foregoing leases relating to its principal properties, the Company also has a lease for an additional facility in Nashua, New Hampshire used for product repairs, manufacturing and warehousing.

58

Royalty Obligations:

As a result of the acquisition of Xoft, the Company recorded a royalty obligation pursuant to a settlement agreement entered into between Xoft and Hologic, in August 2007. Xoft received a nonexclusive, irrevocable, perpetual, worldwide license, including the right to sublicense certain Hologic patents, and a non-compete covenant as well as an agreement not to seek further damages with respect to the alleged patent violations. In return the Company has a remaining obligation to pay a minimum annual royalty payment of $250,000 payable through 2016. In addition to the minimum annual royalty payments, the litigation settlement agreement with Hologic also provided for payment of royalties based upon a specified percentage of future net sales on any products that practice the licensed rights. The estimated fair value of the patent license and non-compete covenant is $100,000 and is being amortized over the estimated remaining useful life of approximately four years. In addition, a liability has been recorded within accrued expenses and long-term settlement cost for future payment and for future minimum royalty obligations totaling $0.8 million.

During December, 2011, the Company settled the litigation with Zeiss. The Company determined that this settlement should be recorded as a measurement period adjustment and accordingly recorded the present value of the litigation to the opening balance sheet of Xoft. The present value of the liability was estimated at approximately $0.7 million as of December 31, 2013. The Company has a remaining obligation to pay $0.5 million in June 2015 and $0.5 million in June 2017, for a total of $1.0 million.

Notes Payable:

In connection with the $15.0 million note dated December 2011 and funded in January 2012, the Company is obligated to pay quarterly interest payments on the outstanding balance at 5.75%. In addition the Company is obligated to repay 25% of the principal amount of the note on each of the third and fourth anniversaries of the date of the Facility Agreement and 50% of such principal amount on the fifth anniversary of the date of the Facility Agreement.

In addition to the contractual obligations related to the interest payments from Notes Payable, the Company is obligated under a revenue purchase agreement discussed in Note 3 of the accompanying financial statements, to pay 4.25% of revenue up to $25 million, 2.75% of annual revenue from $25 million to $50 million and 1.0% of annual revenue in excess of $50 million. Included in the above amounts are the minimum annual payments under the revenue purchase agreement of $125,000 per quarter payable in arrears. Notes Payable includes the minimum annual payment related to the revenue purchase agreement.

Capital Lease Obligations:

The Company entered into a capital lease agreement for the purchase of certain equipment in August 2013 for approximately $409,000 at a rate of 3.99%. Under the guidance of ASC Topic 840, “Leases” the Company determined that the lease was a capital lease as it contained a bargain purchase option wherein the Company has the option to buy the equipment for $1 at the end of the lease term. Accordingly, the equipment has been capitalized and a liability has been recorded. The equipment cost of $409,000 is reflected as property and equipment in the balance sheet and will be depreciated over its useful life.

59

Other Commitments:

Other Commitments include non-cancelable purchase orders with two key suppliers executed in the normal course of business.

Effect of New Accounting Pronouncements

In July 2013, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2013-11, Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists (“ASU 2013-11”). ASU 2013-11 requires the netting of unrecognized tax benefits (“UTBs”) against a deferred tax asset for a loss or other carryforward that would apply in settlement of the uncertain tax positions. UTBs are required to be netted against all available same-jurisdiction loss or other tax carryforwards that would be utilized, rather than only against carryforwards that are created by the UTBs. ASU 2013-11 is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2013. The adoption of ASU 2013-11 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.

We believe we are not subject to material foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations, as most of our sales and expenses are domestic and therefore are denominated in the U.S. dollar. We do not hold derivative securities and have not entered into contracts embedded with derivative instruments, such as foreign currency and interest rate swaps, options, forwards, futures, collars, and warrants, either to hedge existing risks or for speculative purposes.

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

See Financial Statements and Schedule attached hereto.

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

Not Applicable

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.

(a) Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures.

The Company, under the supervision and with the participation of its management, including its principal executive officer and principal financial officer, evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of its disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this annual report on Form 10-K. Based on this evaluation, the principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act) were effective as of December 31, 2013.

60

A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the Company have been detected. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected. The Company conducts periodic evaluations to enhance, where necessary its procedures and controls.

(b) Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.

The Company, under the supervision and with the participation of its management, including its principal executive officer and principal financial officer, is responsible for the preparation and integrity of the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements, establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f)) for the Company and all related information appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

The Company employed the 1992 Internal Control-Integrated Framework founded by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission to evaluate the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. The Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of the Company have assessed the Company’s internal control over financial reporting to be effective as of December 31, 2013 based on those criteria.

This Annual Report on Form 10-K does not include an attestation report of the Company’s registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting. Management’s report was not subject to attestation by the Company’s registered public accounting firm pursuant to SEC rules that permit the Company to provide only management’s report in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

(c) Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.

The Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer conducted an evaluation of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f)) to determine whether any changes in internal control over financial reporting occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2013, that have materially affected or which are reasonably likely to materially affect internal control over financial reporting. Based on that evaluation there has been no such change during such period.

61

Item 9B. Other Information.

Not applicable.

62

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.

The following information includes information each director and executive officer has given us about his or her age, all positions he or she holds, his or her principal occupation and business experience for the past five years, and the names of other publicly-held companies of which he or she currently serves as a director or has served as a director during the past five years. In addition to the information presented below regarding each director’s specific experience, qualifications, attributes and skills that led our Board to the conclusion that he or she should serve as a director, we also believe that all of our directors have a reputation for integrity, honesty and adherence to high ethical standards. They each have demonstrated business acumen and an ability to exercise sound judgment, as well as a commitment of service to iCAD and our Board.

There are no family relationships among any of the directors and executive officers of iCAD.

Name	Age	Position with iCAD	Director/Officer Since
Dr. Lawrence Howard	61	Chairman of the Board, and Director	2006
Kenneth Ferry	60	President, Chief Executive Officer, and Director	2006
Kevin Burns	43	Chief Operating Officer,   Executive Vice President,	2011
		Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer   and Secretary
Jonathan Go	51	Senior Vice President of   Research and Development	2006
Stacey Stevens	46	Senior Vice President of   Marketing and Strategy	2006
Rachel Brem, MD	55	Director	2004
Anthony Ecock	52	Director	2008
Robert Goodman, MD	73	Director	2014
Michael Klein	60	Director	2010
Steven Rappaport	65	Director	2006
Somu Subramaniam	59	Director	2010
Elliot Sussman, MD	62	Director	2002

The Company’s Certificate of Incorporation provides for the annual election of all of its directors. The Board elects officers on an annual basis and our officers generally serve until their successors are duly elected and qualified.

Upon the recommendation of the Company’s Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, the Board of Directors fixed the size of the Company’s Board at nine directors.

63

Dr. Lawrence Howard was appointed Chairman of the Board in 2007 and has been a director of the Company since November 2006. Dr. Howard has been, since March 1997, a general partner of Hudson Ventures, L.P. (formerly known as Hudson Partners, L.P.), a limited partnership that is the general partner of Hudson Venture Partners, L.P. (“HVP”), a limited partnership that is qualified as a small business investment company. Since March 1997, Dr. Howard has also been a managing member of Hudson Management Associates LLC, a limited liability company that provides management services to HVP. Since November 2000, Dr. Howard has been a General Partner of Hudson Venture Partners II, and a limited partner of Hudson Venture II, L.P. He was a founder and has been since November 1987, and continues to be, a director of Presstek, Inc. (“Presstek”), a public company which has developed proprietary imaging and consumables technologies for the printing and graphic arts industries, and served in various officer positions at Presstek from October 1987 to June 1993, lastly as its Chief Executive Officer. We believe Dr. Howard’s qualifications to serve on our Board of Directors include his financial expertise and his understanding of our products and market.

Kenneth Ferry has served as the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer since May 2006. He has over 25 years of experience in the healthcare technology field, with more than 10 years’ experience in senior management positions. Prior to joining the Company, from October 2003 to May 2006, Mr. Ferry was Senior Vice President and General Manager for the Global Patient Monitoring business for Philips Medical Systems, a leader in the medical imaging and patient monitoring systems business. In this role he was responsible for Research & Development, Marketing, Business Development, Supply Chain and Manufacturing, Quality and Regulatory, Finance and Human Resources. From September 2001 to October 2003, Mr. Ferry served as a Senior Vice President in the North America Field Organization of Philips Medical Systems. From 1983 to 2001, Mr. Ferry served in a number of management positions with Hewlett Packard Company, a global provider of products, technologies, software solutions and services to individual consumers and businesses and Agilent Technologies, Inc., a provider of core bio-analytical and electronic measurement solutions to the communications, electronics, life sciences and chemical analysis industries. We believe Mr. Ferry’s qualifications to serve on our Board of Directors include his global executive leadership skills and significant experience as an executive in the healthcare industry.

Kevin C. Burns is now the Company’s Chief Operating Officer, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Burns previously served as the Company’s Executive Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer from April 2011. to November 2013 when Mr. Burns was named to his new role. Mr. Burns has approximately twenty years of professional experience in finance primarily in the technology and healthcare industries. Most recently, Mr. Burns served as senior vice president and chief financial officer at AMICAS, Inc., a publicly traded image and information management solutions company. During his tenure at AMICAS, from November 2004 to May 2010, Mr. Burns led significant revenue and profit growth and culminating in a successful sale of the company. Prior to joining AMICAS, Mr. Burns worked in finance and corporate planning at NMS Communications, a public telecom equipment company in the wireless applications and infrastructure market, from November 2003 to November 2004. Previously, Mr. Burns was the director of corporate development at Demantra, Inc. and has also held senior management positions in finance, accounting and corporate development at MAPICS, Inc. and Marcam Corporation, both public software companies. Mr. Burns earned both a Bachelor of Science degree in Finance and an MBA degree from Babson College.

64

Jonathan Go has served as the Company’s Senior Vice President of Research and Development since October 2006. Mr. Go brings more than twenty years of software development experience in the medical industry to his position with the Company. From February 1998 to May 2006, Mr. Go served as Vice President of Engineering at Merge eMed Inc., a provider of Radiology Information System and Picture Archiving and Communication Systems solutions for imaging centers, specialty practices and hospitals. At Merge eMed, Mr. Go was responsible for software development, product management, testing, system integration and technical support for all of eMed’s products. From July 1986 to January 1998, Mr. Go held various development roles at Cedara Software Corp. in Toronto culminating as Director of Engineering. Cedara Software is focused on the development of custom engineered software applications and development tools for medical imaging manufacturers. At Cedara Mr. Go built the workstation program, developing multiple specialty workstations that have been adopted by a large number of partners. Mr. Go earned a Bachelor of Science in Electrical Engineering from the University of Michigan and a Master’s of Science in Electrical Engineering and Biomedical Engineering from the University of Michigan.

Stacey Stevens has served as the Company’s Senior Vice President of Marketing and Strategy since June 2006. Prior to joining iCAD, Ms. Stevens experience included a variety of sales, business development, and marketing management positions with Philips Medical Systems, Agilent Technologies, Inc. and Hewlett Packard’s Healthcare Solutions Group (which was acquired in 2001 by Philips Medical Systems). From February 2005 until joining the Company she was Vice President, Marketing Planning at Philips Medical Systems, where she was responsible for the leadership of all global marketing planning functions for Philips’ Healthcare Business. From 2003 to January 2005, she was Vice President of Marketing for the Cardiac and Monitoring Systems Business Unit of Philips where she was responsible for all marketing and certain direct sales activities for the America’s Field Operation. Prior to that, Ms. Stevens held several key marketing management positions in the Ultrasound Business Unit of Hewlett-Packard/Agilent and Philips Medical Systems. Ms. Stevens earned a Bachelor of Arts Degree in Political Science from the University of New Hampshire, and an MBA from Boston University’s Graduate School of Management.

Dr. Rachel Brem is currently the Professor and Vice Chairman in the Department of Radiology at The George Washington University Medical Center and Associate Director of the George Washington Cancer Institute. Dr. Brem has been at the George Washington University since 2000. From 1991 to 1999 Dr. Brem was at the John Hopkins Medical Institution where she introduced image guided minimally invasive surgery and previously was the Director of Breast Imaging. Dr. Brem is a nationally and internationally recognized expert in new technologies for the improved diagnosis of breast cancer and has published over 80 manuscripts. We believe Dr. Brem’s qualifications to serve on our Board of Directors include her expertise in the medical field specifically the diagnosis of breast cancer as well as her understanding of our products and market.

65

Anthony Ecock is a General Partner with the private equity investment firm, Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe (“WCAS”), which he joined in 2007. He has 26 years of experience in the healthcare field with 8 years in senior management positions at leading healthcare technology companies. At WCAS, Mr. Ecock leads the Resources Group, a team responsible for helping its 30 portfolio companies identify and implement initiatives to increase growth, earnings and cash flow. Before joining WCAS, he served as Vice President and General Manager of GE Healthcare’s Enterprise Sales organization from 2003 to 2007. From 1999 to 2003, he served as Senior Vice President and Global General Manager of Hewlett Packard’s, then Agilent’s and finally Philips’ Patient Monitoring divisions. Mr. Ecock spent his early career at the consulting firm of Bain & Company, where he was a Partner in the healthcare and technology practices and Program Director for Consultant Training. We believe Mr. Ecock’s qualifications to serve on our Board of Directors include his financial expertise and his years of experience in the healthcare and technology markets.

Dr. Robert Goodman is a renowned radiation oncologist who oversees all aspects of care at Jersey City Radiation Oncology. Prior to joining Jersey City Radiation Oncology, Dr. Goodman served as the Pancoast Professor and Chair of the Department of Radiation Oncology at the University of Pennsylvania and more recently (1998- 2011) as the chair of Radiation Oncology at St. Barnabas Medical Center. In addition, for two years he served as Acting Executive Director of the Hospital of the University of Pennsylvania. He has published extensively in the oncology literature in highly respected peer-reviewed journals and has co-authored a textbook on breast cancer. Dr. Goodman is a Phi Beta Kappa graduate of Dartmouth College and received his medical degree from the College of Physicians and Surgeons of Columbia University. He trained in Internal Medicine and Radiation Oncology at Harvard University and is triple-boarded in Internal Medicine, Medical Oncology and Radiation Oncology. We believe Dr. Goodman’s impressive clinical background coupled with his business leadership experience and prestigious academic affiliations will make him an invaluable addition to our Board of Directors.

Michael Klein was President and CEO of Xoft, Inc, a position he held since 2005 until the sale of Xoft to iCAD, Inc. in December 2010. Mr. Klein led the development, approval and commercialization of Xoft’s non-radioactive x-ray technology for radiation therapy. The Xoft platform offering is used to treat breast, vaginal and skin cancers. Prior to joining Xoft, from 2000 to 2004, Mr. Klein served as Chairman, President and CEO of R2 Technology, Inc., a breast and lung cancer computer aided detection company. From 1997 to 2000 he served as General Manager of Varian Medical Systems’ Oncology Group where he managed businesses ranging from $25 million to $250 million. Mr. Klein has also served on the Board of Sanarus Medical, a breast biopsy and cryo-ablation company focused on the treatment of fibro adenomas. He received his MBA degree from the New York Institute of Technology and completed his post-graduate Executive Education Studies at Harvard University and Babson College. In 2008, Mr. Klein received the R&D Magazine Top 100 Award on behalf of Xoft, where honors were awarded for the 100 most technologically significant new products of 2008. A similar award was received in 2008 from Frost & Sullivan. We believe Mr. Klein’s qualifications to serve on our Board include his experience as the former Chief Executive Officer of Xoft, as well as his industry and product knowledge.

66

Steven Rappaport has been a partner of RZ Capital, LLC a private investment firm that also provides administrative services for a limited number of clients since July 2002. From March 1995 to July 2002, Mr. Rappaport was Director, President and Principal of Loanet, Inc., an online real-time accounting service used by brokers and institutions to support domestic and international securities borrowing and lending activities. Loanet, Inc. was acquired by SunGard Data Systems in May 2001. From March 1992 to December 1994, Mr. Rappaport was Executive Vice President of Metallurg, Inc. (“Metallurg”), a producer and seller of high quality specialty metals and alloys, and President of Metallurg’s subsidiary, Shieldalloy Corporation. He served as Director of Metallurg from 1985 to 1998. From March 1987 to March 1992, Mr. Rappaport was Director, Executive Vice President and Secretary of Telerate, Inc. (“Telerate”), an electronic distributor of financial information. Telerate was acquired by Dow Jones over a number of years commencing in 1985 and culminating in January 1990, when it became a wholly-owned subsidiary. Mr. Rappaport practiced corporate and tax law at the New York law firm of Hartman & Craven from August 1974 to March 1987. He became a partner in the firm in 1979. Mr. Rappaport is currently serving as an independent director of Presstek and a number of open and closed end American Stock Exchange funds of which Credit Suisse serves as the investment adviser and a number of closed end mutual funds of which Aberdeen Investment Trust serves as the adviser. In addition, Mr. Rappaport serves as a director of several privately owned businesses and a few not for profit organizations. We believe Mr. Rappaport’s qualifications to serve on our Board of Directors include his extensive financial and legal expertise combined with his experience as an executive officer, partner and director.

Somu Subramaniam, is currently a Managing Partner and co-founder of New Science Ventures, a New York-based venture capital firm that invests in both early and late stage companies, using novel scientific approaches to address significant unmet needs and create order of magnitude improvements in performance. Mr. Subramaniam serves on several Boards of companies managed in New Science Venture’s portfolio, including Achronix Semiconductor Corporation, RF Arrays, Inc., Lightwire, Inc., Silicon Storage Technology, Inc., MagSil Corporation, Trellis BioScience, Inc., and BioScale, Inc. Prior to starting New Science Ventures in 2004, Mr. Subramaniam was a Director at McKinsey & Co. and at various times led their Strategy Practice, Technology Practice and Healthcare Practice. While at McKinsey, he advised leading multinational companies in the pharmaceuticals, medical devices, biotechnology, photonics, software and semiconductor industries. He was also a member of McKinsey’s Investment Committee. Mr. Subramaniam received his undergraduate degree (B.Tech) from the Indian Institute of Technology and his M.B.A. from Harvard Business School. We believe Mr. Subramaniam’s qualifications to serve on our Board include his experience in healthcare and medical devices, his financial expertise, as well as his market and product knowledge.

Dr. Elliot Sussman is currently the Chairman of The Villages Health and Professor of Medicine at the University of South Florida College of Medicine. From 1993 to 2010, Dr. Sussman served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Lehigh Valley Health Network. Dr. Sussman served as a Fellow in General Medicine and a Robert Wood Johnson Clinical Scholar at the University of Pennsylvania, and trained as a resident at the Hospital of the University of Pennsylvania. Dr. Sussman is a director and the Chairperson of the compensation committee of the Board of Directors of Universal Health Realty Income Trust, a public company involved in

67

real estate investment trust primarily engaged in investing in healthcare and human service-related facilities. We believe Dr. Sussman’s qualifications to serve on our Board include his experience as a Chief Executive Officer of a leading healthcare network, combined with his medical background and his understanding of our products and market.

Audit Committee and Audit Committee Financial Expert

Our Board of Directors maintains an Audit Committee which is comprised of Mr. Rappaport (Chair), Mr. Ecock and Dr. Sussman. Our Board has determined that each member of the Audit Committee meets the definition of an “Independent Director” under applicable NASDAQ Marketplace Rules. In addition, the Board has determined that each member of the Audit Committee meets the independence requirements of applicable SEC rules and that Mr. Rappaport qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” under applicable SEC rules.

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires certain of our officers and our directors, and persons who own more than 10 percent of a registered class of our equity securities, to file reports of ownership and changes in ownership with the SEC. Officers, directors, and greater than 10 percent stockholders are required by SEC regulation to furnish us with copies of all Section 16(a) forms they file.

Based solely on our review of copies of such forms received by us, we believe that during the year ended December 31, 2013, all filing requirements applicable to all of our officers, directors, and greater than 10% beneficial stockholders were timely complied with.

Code of Ethics

We have developed and adopted a comprehensive Code of Business Conduct and Ethics to cover all of our employees. Copies of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics can be obtained, without charge, upon written request, addressed to:

iCAD, Inc.

98 Spit Brook Road, Suite 100

Nashua, NH 03062

Attention: Corporate Secretary

Item 11. Executive Compensation.

The Company will furnish to the Securities and Exchange Commission a definitive proxy statement not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013. The response to this item will be contained in our proxy statement for our 2013 annual meeting of stockholders under the captions “Executive Compensation,” “Compensation of Directors,” “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation,” and “Compensation Committee Report,” and is incorporated herein by reference.

68

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.

The response to this item will be contained in our proxy statement for our 2014 annual meeting of stockholders in part under the caption “Stock Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” and in part below.

Equity Compensation Plans

The following table provides certain information with respect to all of our equity compensation plans in effect as of December 31, 2013.

Plan Category:	Number of securities to  be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights		Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights		Number of securities  remaining available for issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in column (a))
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders:		1,232,892	$	4.20		106,926
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders (1):		102,063	$	6.02		-0-
Total		1,334,955	$	4.34		106,926

(1) Represents the aggregate number of shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of individual arrangements with non-plan option holders. See Note 5 of Notes to our consolidated financial statements for a description of our Stock Option and Stock Incentive Plans and certain information regarding the terms of the non-plan options.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

The response to this item is contained in our proxy statement for our 2014 annual meeting of stockholders under the captions “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions,” “Corporate Governance Matters — Director Independence” and “Compensation Committee Report, and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services.

The response to this item is contained in our proxy statement for our 2014 annual meeting of stockholders under the caption “Ratification of Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm,” and is incorporated herein by reference.

69

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.

a) The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:

i. Financial Statements—See Index on page 70.

ii. Financial Statement Schedule—See Index on page 70. All other schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission are not required under the related instructions or are not applicable and, therefore, have been omitted.

iii. Exhibits—the following documents are filed as exhibits to this Annual Report on Form 10-K:

2(a) Plan and Agreement of Merger dated February 15, 2002, by and among the Registrant, ISSI Acquisition Corp. and Intelligent Systems Software, Inc., Maha Sallam, Kevin Woods and W. Kip Speyer. [incorporated by reference to Annex A of the Company’s proxy statement/prospectus dated May 24, 2002 contained in the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, File No. 333-86454].

2(b) Amended and Restated Plan and Agreement of Merger dated as of December 15, 2003 among the Registrant, Qualia Computing, Inc., Qualia Acquisition Corp., Steven K. Rogers, Thomas E. Shoup and James Corbett [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2(a) to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K for the event dated December 31, 2003].

2(c) Asset Purchase Agreement as of dated June 20, 2008 between the Registrant and 3TP LLC dba CAD Sciences [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K for the event dated July 18, 2008]. **

2(d) Agreement and Plan of Merger dated December 15, 2010 by and among the Registrant, XAC, Inc., Xoft, Inc. and Jeffrey Bird as representative of the Xoft, Inc.’s stockholders [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K for the event dated December 30, 2010]. **

3(a) Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant as amended through May 31, 2013 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 8, 2013].

70

3(b) Amended and Restated By-laws of the Registrant [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3 (b) to the Registrant’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007].

4.1(a) Form of Warrant issued on January 9, 2012 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Registrant’s report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 3, 2012].

4.2(b) Form of B Warrant issued on January 9, 2012 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the Registrant’s report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 3, 2012].

4.3(c) Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of December 29, 2011 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of the Registrant’s report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 3, 2012].

10(a) 2002 Stock Option Plan [incorporated by reference to Annex F to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-86454)].*

10(b) 2004 Stock Incentive Plan [incorporated by reference to Exhibit B to the Registrant’s definitive proxy statement on Schedule 14A filed with the SEC on May 28, 2004].*

10(c) Form of Option Agreement under the Registrant’s 2002 Stock Option Plan [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004].*

10(d) Form of Option Agreement under the Registrant’s 2004 Stock Incentive Plan [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004].*

10(e) 2005 Stock Incentive Plan [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on June 28, 2005].*

10(f) Form of Option Agreement under the Registrant’s 2005 Stock Incentive Plan [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on June 28, 2005].*

71

10(g) Form of Indemnification Agreement with each of the Registrant’s directors and officers [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of Registrant’s Quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2006].

10(h) Lease Agreement dated December 6, 2006 between the Registrant and Gregory D. Stoyle and John J. Flatley, Trustees of the 1993 Flatley Family Trust, of Nashua, NH [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(mm) to the Registrant’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006].

10(i) 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended [incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the Company’s definitive proxy statement on Schedule 14A filed with the SEC on June 16, 2009]. *

10(j) Form of Option Agreement under the Registrant’s 2007 Stock Incentive Plan. [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(vv) to the Registrant’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009]*

10(k) Form of Restricted Stock Agreement under the Registrant’s 2007 Stock Incentive Plan. [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(vv) to the Registrant’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009].*

10(l) Employment Agreement entered into as of September 25, 2012 between the Registrant and Kenneth Ferry [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on September 26, 2012] *

10(m) Employment Agreement entered into as of June 1, 2008 between the Registrant and Stacey Stevens [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 of the Registrant’s report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 8, 2008]. *

10(n) Employment Agreement dated as of June 1, 2008 between the Registrant and Jonathan Go [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 of the Registrant’s report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 8, 2008]. *

10(o) Employment Agreement dated April 26, 2011 between the Registrant and Kevin C. Burns [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant’s report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 27, 2011].

72

10(p) Option Agreement dated April 26, 2011 between the Registrant and Kevin C. Burns [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant’s report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 27, 2011].*

10(q) Facility Agreement including form of Promissory note, dated as of December 29, 2011, by and among the Company, Deerfield Private Design Fund II, L.P., Deerfield Private Design International II, L.P., Deerfield Special Situations Fund, L.P., and Deerfield Special Situations Fund International Limited [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 3, 2012].

10(r) Form of Security Agreement by and among the Company, Deerfield Private Design Fund II, L.P., Deerfield Private Design International II, L.P., Deerfield Special Situations Fund, L.P., and Deerfield Special Situations Fund International Limited [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant’s report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 3, 2012].

10(s) Form of Security Agreement by and among Xoft, Inc., Deerfield Private Design Fund II, L.P., Deerfield Private Design International II, L.P., Deerfield Special Situations Fund, L.P., and Deerfield Special Situations Fund International Limited [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant’s report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 3, 2012].

10(t) Revenue Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 29, 2011, by and among the Company, Deerfield Private Design Fund II, L.P., Deerfield Special Situations Fund, L.P. and Horizon Sante TTNP SARL [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Registrant’s report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 3, 2012].

10(u) Settlement Agreement, dated as of December 22, 2011, by and among the Company, Carl Zeiss Meditec, AG and Carl Zeiss Meditec,Inc. [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(y) to the Registrant’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012]

10(v) Amendment No. 1 to the Employment Agreement dated April 26, 2011 between the Registrant and Kevin C. Burns [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 25, 2013].*

21 Subsidiary

73

23.1 Consent of BDO USA, LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

31.1 Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

31.2 Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

32.1 Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

32.2 Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

101 The following materials formatted in XBRL (eXtensible Business Reporting Language); (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, (ii) Consolidated Statements of Operations for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 and 2011, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 and 2011, and (iv) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

* Denotes a management compensation plan or arrangement.

** The Registrant has omitted certain schedules and exhibits pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K and shall furnish supplementally to the SEC copies any of the omitted schedules and exhibits upon request by the SEC.

(b) Exhibits—See (a) iii above.

(c) Financial Statement Schedule—See (a) ii above.

74

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Date: February 28, 2014	iCAD, INC.
	By:	/s/ Kenneth Ferry
		Kenneth Ferry
		President, Chief Executive Officer, Director

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature	Title	Date
/s/ Lawrence Howard	Chairman of the Board, Director
Dr. Lawrence Howard		February 28, 2014
/s/ Kenneth Ferry	President, Chief Executive Officer
Kenneth Ferry	Director (Principal Executive Officer)	February 28, 2014
/s/ Kevin C. Burns	Chief Operating Officer, Executive Vice President,
Kevin C. Burns	Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer
	(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)	February 28, 2014
/s/ Rachel Brem	Director	February 28, 2014
Rachel Brem, M.D.
/s/ Anthony Ecock	Director	February 28, 2014
Anthony Ecock
/s/ Robert Goodman	Director	February 28, 2014
Robert Goodman, M.D.
/s/ Michael Klein	Director	February 28, 2014
Michael Klein
/s/ Steven Rappaport	Director	February 28, 2014
Steven Rappaport
/s/ Somu Subramaniam	Director	February 28, 2014
Somu Subramaniam
/s/ Elliot Sussman	Director	February 28, 2014
Elliot Sussman, M.D.

75

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

	Page
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm		77
Consolidated Balance Sheets As of December 31, 2013 and 2012		78
Consolidated Statements of Operations For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011		79
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity For the years ended December  31, 2013, 2012 and 2011		80
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011		81
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements		82-114

76

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of iCAD, Inc.,

Nashua, New Hampshire

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of iCAD, Inc. and subsidiary (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal controls over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of iCAD, Inc. and subsidiary as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ BDO USA, LLP

Boston, Massachusetts

February 28, 2014

77

iCAD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Consolidated Balance Sheets

	December 31,			December 31,
	2013			2012
	(in thousands except shares and per share data)
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	11,880		$	13,948
Trade accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $73 in 2013 and $48 in 2012		7,623			4,980
Inventory, net		1,891			2,119
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		649			486
Total current assets		22,043			21,533
Property and equipment:
Equipment		5,245			4,422
Leasehold improvements		108			108
Furniture and fixtures		283			283
Marketing assets		300			297
		5,936			5,110
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization		4,265			3,627
Net property and equipment		1,671			1,483
Other assets:
Other assets		419			638
Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization of $12,468 in 2013 and $10,744 in 2012		13,674			15,230
Goodwill		21,109			21,109
Total other assets		35,202			36,977
Total assets	$	58,916		$	59,993
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	$	2,000		$	1,940
Accrued expenses		3,799			4,142
Interest payable		483			499
Notes and capital lease payable, short-term portion		3,878			—
Warrant liability		3,986			1,538
Deferred revenue		8,306			6,520
Total current liabilities		22,452			14,639
Other long-term liabilities		68			68
Deferred revenue, long-term portion		1,726			1,502
Settlement costs, long-term portion		1,288			1,273
Capital lease—long-term portion		235			—
Notes payable, long-term portion		11,770			14,846
Total liabilities		37,539			32,328
Commitments and contingencies (Notes 2 and 7)
Stockholders’ equity:
Preferred stock, $.01 par value: authorized 1,000,000 shares; none issued		—			—
Common stock, $.01 par value: authorized 20,000,000 shares; issued 11,084,119 in 2013 and 10,993,933 in 2012; outstanding 10,898,288 in 2013 and 10,808,102 in 2012		111			110
Additional paid-in capital		166,735			165,416
Accumulated deficit		(144,054	)		(136,446	)
Treasury stock at cost 185,831 in 2013 and 2012		(1,415	)		(1,415	)
Total stockholders’ equity		21,377			27,665
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	$	58,916		$	59,993

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

78

iCAD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Consolidated Statements of Operations

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
	(in thousands except per share data)
Revenue:
Products	$	19,556		$	17,976		$	19,328
Service and supplies		13,511			10,299			9,324
Total revenue		33,067			28,275			28,652
Cost of Revenue:
Products		5,933			4,834			4,788
Service and supplies		3,111			2,479			2,906
Amortization		938			931			931
Total cost of revenue		9,982			8,244			8,625
Gross profit		23,085			20,031			20,027
Operating expenses:
Engineering and product development		7,694			7,769			10,791
Marketing and sales		10,427			10,708			13,684
General and administrative		6,740			6,966			9,999
Contingent consideration		—			—			(4,900	)
Goodwill impairment		—			—			26,828
Loss on indemnification asset		—			—			741
Total operating expenses		24,861			25,443			57,143
Loss from operations		(1,776	)		(5,412	)		(37,116	)
Other (expense) income:
Interest expense		(3,277	)		(3,415	)		(422	)
Loss from change in fair value of warrant liability		(2,448	)		(539	)		—
Interest income		19			35			27
Other (expense) income, net		(5,706	)		(3,919	)		(395	)
Loss before income tax expense		(7,482	)		(9,331	)		(37,511	)
Income tax expense		126			43			76
Net loss and comprehensive loss	$	(7,608	)	$	(9,374	)	$	(37,587	)
Net loss per share:
Basic	$	(0.70	)	$	(0.87	)	$	(3.45	)
Diluted	$	(0.70	)	$	(0.87	)	$	(3.45	)
Weighted average number of shares used in computing loss per share:
Basic		10,842			10,796			10,910
Diluted		10,842			10,796			10,910

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

79

iCAD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

(in thousands except shares)

	Common Stock				Additional Paid-in Capital
	Number of Shares Issued		Par Value					Accumulated Deficit			Treasury Stock			Stockholders’ Equity
Balance at December 31, 2010		10,876,749		109		163,536			(89,485	)		(950	)		73,210
Issuance of common stock relative to vesting of restricted stock, net of 11,468 shares forfeited for tax obligations		59,153		1		(68	)		—			—			(67	)
Issuance of common stock pursuant to stock option plans		15,000		—		60			—			—			60
Shares added to treasury pursuant to litigation settlement		—		—		—			—			(465	)		(465	)
Stock-based compensation		—		—		904			—			—			904
Net loss		—		—		—			(37,587	)		—			(37,587	)
Balance at December 31, 2011		10,950,902		110		164,432			(127,072	)		(1,415	)		36,055
Issuance of common stock relative to vesting of restricted stock, net of 4,789 shares forfeited for tax obligations		43,031		—		(12	)		—			—			(12	)
Stock-based compensation		—		—		996			—			—			996
Net loss		—		—		—			(9,374	)		—			(9,374	)
Balance at December 31, 2012		10,993,933		110		165,416			(136,446	)		(1,415	)		27,665
Issuance of common stock relative to vesting of restricted stock, net of 5,249 shares forfeited for tax obligations		41,759		—		(28	)					—			(28	)
Issuance of common stock pursuant to stock option plans		48,427		1		145						—			146
Stock-based compensation						1,202						—			1,202
Net loss									(7,608	)		—			(7,608	)
Balance at December 31, 2013		11,084,119	$	111	$	166,735		$	(144,054	)	$	(1,415	)	$	21,377

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

80

iCAD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
	(in thousands)
Cash flow from operating activities:
Net loss	$	(7,608	)	$	(9,374	)	$	(37,587	)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used for operating activities:
Depreciation		706			891			1,077
Amortization		1,724			1,904			2,094
Bad debt provision		35			—			—
Goodwill impairment		—			—			26,828
Loss on disposal of assets		53			174			21
Loss on indemnification asset		—			—			741
Loss from change in fair value of warrant liability		2,448			539			—
Stock-based compensation expense		1,202			996			904
Amortization of debt discount and debt costs		856			1,012			—
Interest on settlement obligations		266			388			422
Fair value of contingent consideration		—			—			(4,900	)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisition:
Accounts receivable		(2,678	)		(976	)		(614	)
Inventory		228			(79	)		1,449
Prepaid and other assets		(126	)		469			248
Accounts payable		60			815			(1,375	)
Accrued expenses		(609	)		(1,775	)		(713	)
Deferred revenue		2,010			812			1,263
Total adjustments		6,175			5,170			27,445
Net cash used for operating activities		(1,433	)		(4,204	)		(10,142	)
Cash flow from investing activities:
Additions to patents, technology and other		(168	)		(70	)		(13	)
Additions to property and equipment		(539	)		(665	)		(263	)
Net cash used for investing activities		(707	)		(735	)		(276	)
Cash flow from financing activities:
Issuance of common stock for cash		146			—			60
Taxes paid related to restricted stock issuance		(28	)		(14	)		(67	)
Payments of capital lease obligations		(46	)		—			—
Proceeds from debt financing, net		—			14,325			—
Payment for Xoft		—			—			(1,268	)
Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities		72			14,311			(1,275	)
Increase (decrease) in cash and equivalents		(2,068	)		9,372			(11,693	)
Cash and equivalents, beginning of year		13,948			4,576			16,269
Cash and equivalents, end of year	$	11,880		$	13,948		$	4,576
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
Interest paid	$	2,163		$	1,516		$	—
Taxes paid	$	78		$	55		$	40
Equipment purchased under capital lease	$	409		$	—		$	—
Return of common stock from escrow related to acquisition of Xoft in 2011 and CAD Sciences in 2008.	$	—		$	—		$	465

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

81

iCAD, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(1) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

(a) Nature of Operations and Use of Estimates

iCAD, Inc. and subsidiary (the “Company” or “iCAD”) is an industry-leading provider of advanced image analysis, workflow solutions and radiation therapy for the early identification and treatment of cancer.

The Company has grown primarily through acquisitions to become a broad player in the oncology market. Its industry-leading solutions include advanced image analysis and workflow solutions that enable healthcare professionals to better serve patients by identifying pathologies and pinpointing the most prevalent cancers earlier, a comprehensive range of high-performance, upgradeable Computer-Aided Detection (CAD) systems and workflow solutions for mammography, MRI and CT, and the Xoft eBx system which is an isotope-free cancer treatment platform technology. CAD is reimbursable in the U.S. under federal and most third-party insurance programs.

The Company intends to continue the extension of its image analysis and clinical decision support solutions for mammography, MRI and CT imaging. iCAD believes that advances in digital imaging techniques should bolster its efforts to develop additional commercially viable CAD/advanced image analysis and workflow products. The Company’s belief is that early detection in combination with earlier targeted intervention will provide patients and care providers with the best tools available to achieve better clinical outcomes resulting in a market demand that will drive top line growth.

The Company’s headquarters are located in Nashua, New Hampshire, with manufacturing and contract manufacturing facilities in New Hampshire and Massachusetts, a research and development facility in Ohio and, and, an operation, research, development, manufacturing and warehousing facility in San Jose, California.

The Company operates in two segments, Cancer Detection (“Detection”) and Cancer Therapy (“Therapy”). The Detection segment consists of our advanced image analysis and workflow products, and the Therapy segment consists of our radiation therapy (“Axxent”) products. The Company sells its products throughout the world through its direct sales organization as well as through various OEM partners, distributors and resellers. See Note 6 for segment, major customer and geographical information.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. It is reasonably possible that changes may occur in the near term that would affect management’s estimates with respect to assets and liabilities.

82

(b) Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiary, Xoft, Inc. All material inter-company transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

(c) Cash and cash equivalents

For purposes of reporting cash flows, the Company defines cash and cash equivalents as all bank accounts, money market funds, deposits and other money market instruments with original maturities of 90 days or less, which are unrestricted as to withdrawal. Cash and cash equivalents are maintained at financial institutions and, at times, balances may exceed federally insured limits. The Company has never experienced any losses related to these balances. Insurance coverage is $250,000 per depositor at each financial institution, and the Company’s non-interest bearing cash balances exceed federally insured limits. Interest-bearing amounts on deposit in excess of federally insured limits at December 31, 2013 approximated $11.4 million.

(d) Financial instruments

Financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, notes payable and warrants. Due to their short term nature and market rates of interest, the carrying amounts of the financial instruments approximated fair value as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, with the exception of warrants. The fair value of warrants is more fully described in Note 1(r).

(e) Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Accounts receivable are customer obligations due under normal trade terms. Credit limits are established through a process of reviewing the financial history and stability of each customer. The Company performs continuing credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition and generally does not require collateral.

The Company’s policy is to maintain allowances for estimated losses from the inability of its customers to make required payments. The Company’s senior management reviews accounts receivable on a periodic basis to determine if any receivables may potentially be uncollectible. The Company includes any accounts receivable balances that it determines may likely be uncollectible, along with a general reserve for estimated probable losses based on historical experience, in its overall allowance for doubtful accounts. An amount would be written off against the allowance after all attempts to collect the receivable had failed. Based on the information available, the Company believes the allowance for doubtful accounts as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 is adequate.

83

(f) Inventory

Inventory is valued at the lower of cost or market value, with cost determined by the first-in, first-out method. The Company regularly reviews inventory quantities on hand and records an allowance for excess and/or obsolete inventory primarily based upon the estimated usage of its inventory as well as other factors. At December 31, 2013 and 2012 respectively inventories consisted of the following (in thousands):

	As of December 31,
	2013		2012
Raw materials	$	581	$	878
Work in process		38		47
Finished Goods		1,272		1,194
Inventory	$	1,891	$	2,119

(g) Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the various classes of assets (ranging from 3 to 5 years) or the remaining lease term, whichever is shorter for leasehold improvements.

(h) Long Lived Assets

Long-lived assets, other than goodwill, are evaluated for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable through the estimated undiscounted future cash flows from the use of these assets. When any such impairment exists, the related assets are written down to fair value. The Company did not record any impairment losses in the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 or 2011.

84

Intangible assets subject to amortization consist primarily of patents, technology, and trade names purchased in the Company’s previous acquisitions. These assets, which include assets acquired from Xoft, Inc., are amortized on a straight-line basis or the pattern of economic benefit over their estimated useful lives of 5 to 10 years. A summary of intangible assets for 2013 and 2012 are as follows (in thousands):

	2013		2012		Weighted average useful life
Gross Carrying Amount
Patents and licenses	$	737	$	693	5 years
Technology		25,157		25,033	10 years
Tradename		248		248	10 years
Total amortizable intangible assets		26,142		25,974
Accumulated Amortization
Patents and licenses	$	471	$	433
Technology		11,749		10,088
Tradename		248		223
Total accumulated amortization		12,468		10,744
Total amortizable intangible assets, net	$	13,674	$	15,230

Amortization expense related to intangible assets was approximately $1,724, $1,904 and $2,094 for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively. Estimated remaining amortization of the Company’s intangible assets is as follows (in thousands):

For the years ended December 31:	Estimated amortization expense
2014	$	1,494
2015		1,491
2016		1,485
2017		1,463
2018		1,348
Thereafter		6,393
	$	13,674

(i) Goodwill

In accordance with FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 350-20, “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other”, (“ASC 350-20”), the Company tests goodwill for impairment on an annual basis and between annual tests if events and circumstances indicate it is more likely than not that the fair value of the Company is less than the carrying value of the Company.

Factors the Company considers important, which could trigger an impairment of such asset, include the following:

• significant underperformance relative to historical or projected future operating results;

85

• significant changes in the manner or use of the assets or the strategy for the Company’s overall business;

• significant negative industry or economic trends;

• significant decline in the Company’s stock price for a sustained period; and

• a decline in the Company’s market capitalization below net book value.

In June 2013, the Company determined that it had two reporting units and two reportable segments based on the information provided to the Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”). Goodwill was allocated to the reporting units based on the relative fair value of the reporting units as of June 2013.

The Company performed an annual impairment assessment at October 1, 2013 based on the new reporting structure and compared the fair value of each of reporting unit to its carrying value as of this date. Fair value of each reporting unit exceeded the carry value by approximately 362% for the Detection reporting unit and 179% for the Therapy reporting unit. The carrying values of the reporting units were determined based on an allocation of our assets and liabilities through specific allocation of certain assets and liabilities, to the reporting units and an apportionment based on the relative size of the reporting units’ revenues and operating expenses compared to the Company as a whole. The determination of reporting units also requires management judgment.

The Company would record an impairment charge if such an assessment were to indicate that the fair value of a reporting unit was less than the carrying value. In evaluating potential impairments outside of the annual measurement date, judgment is required in determining whether an event has occurred that may impair the value of goodwill or intangible assets. The Company utilizes either discounted cash flow models or other valuation models, such as comparative transactions and market multiples, to determine the fair value of our reporting unit. The Company makes assumptions about future cash flows, future operating plans, discount rates, comparable companies, market multiples, purchase price premiums and other factors in those models. Different assumptions and judgment determinations could yield different conclusions that would result in an impairment charge to income in the period that such change or determination was made.

The Company determined the fair values for each reporting unit using a weighting of the income approach and the market approach. For purposes of the income approach, fair value is determined based on the present value of estimated future cash flows, discounted at an appropriate risk adjusted rate. The Company used internal forecasts to estimate future cash flows and includes an estimate of long-term future growth rates based on the most recent views of the long-term forecast for each segment. Accordingly, actual results can differ from those assumed in the forecasts. The discount rate of approximately 25% is derived from a capital asset pricing model and analyzing published rates for industries relevant to the reporting units to estimate the cost of equity financing. The Company uses discount rates that are commensurate with the risks and uncertainty inherent in the respective businesses and in the internally developed forecasts.

86

In the market approach, the Company uses a valuation technique in which values are derived based on market prices of publicly traded companies with similar operating characteristics and industries. A market approach allows for comparison to actual market transactions and multiples. It can be somewhat limited in its application because the population of potential comparable publicly-traded companies can be limited due to differing characteristics of the comparative business and ours, as well as market data may not be available for divisions within larger conglomerates or non-public subsidiaries that could otherwise qualify as comparable, and the specific circumstances surrounding a market transaction (e.g., synergies between the parties, terms and conditions of the transaction, etc.) may be different or irrelevant with respect to the business.

The Company corroborated the total fair values of the reporting units using a market capitalization approach; however, this approach cannot be used to determine the fair value of each reporting unit value. The blend of the income approach and market approach is more closely aligned to the business profile of the Company, including markets served and products available. In addition, required rates of return, along with uncertainties inherent in the forecast of future cash flows, are reflected in the selection of the discount rate. In addition, under the blended approach, reasonably likely scenarios and associated sensitivities can be developed for alternative future states that may not be reflected in an observable market price. The Company will assess each valuation methodology based upon the relevance and availability of the data at the time the valuation is performed and weight the methodologies appropriately.

A rollforward of goodwill activity by reportable segment is as follows:

	Detection		Therapy		Total
Accumulated Goodwill	$	—	$	—	$	47,937
Accumulated impairment		—		—		(26,828	)
Balance at December 31, 2011		—		—		21,109
Balance at December 31, 2012		—		—		21,109
Fair value allocation		7,663		13,446		—
Balance at December 31, 2013	$	7,663	$	13,446	$	21,109

(j) Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue primarily from the sale of products and from the sale of services and supplies. Revenue is recognized when delivery has occurred, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, fees are fixed or determinable and collectability is probable. For product revenue, delivery has occurred upon shipment provided title and risk of loss has passed to the customer. Services and supplies revenue are considered to be delivered as the services are performed or over the period of the supply agreement.

87

The Company recognizes revenue from the sale of its digital, film-based CAD and electronic brachytherapy products and services in accordance FASB ASC Update No. 2009-13, “Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements” (“ASU 2009-13”) and ASC Update No. 2009-14, “Certain Arrangements That Contain Software Elements”, (“ASU 2009-14”) and ASC 985-605 “Software”. Revenue for the sale of certain CAD products is recognized in accordance with ASC 840 (“Leases”) (“ASC 840”). Revenue related to certain arrangements was recognized in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 605-35 “Revenue Recognition – Construction-Type and Production-Type Contracts” (“ASC 605-35”). For multiple element arrangements, revenue is allocated to all deliverables based on their relative selling prices. In such circumstances, a hierarchy is used to determine the selling price to be used for allocating revenue to deliverables as follows: (i) vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value (“VSOE”), (ii) third-party evidence of selling price (“TPE”), and (iii) best estimate of the selling price (“BESP”). VSOE generally exists only when the deliverable is sold separately and is the price actually charged for that deliverable. The process for determining BESP for deliverables without VSOE or TPE considers multiple factors including relative selling prices; competitive prices in the marketplace, and management judgment, however, these may vary depending upon the unique facts and circumstances related to each deliverable.

Evidence of an arrangement is determined by the use of customer purchase orders that are subject to the Company’s terms and conditions or, in the case of an Original Equipment Manufacturer (“OEM”) the arrangement would be governed by the applicable distribution agreement. In accordance with the applicable distribution agreements, the OEM does not have a right of return, and title and risk of loss passes to the OEM upon shipment. The Company generally ships Free On Board shipping point and uses shipping documents and third-party proof of delivery to verify delivery and transfer of title. In addition, the Company assesses whether collection is probable by considering a number of factors, including past transaction history with the customer and the creditworthiness of the customer, as obtained from third party credit references.

If the terms of the sale include customer acceptance provisions and compliance with those provisions cannot be demonstrated, all revenue is deferred and not recognized until such acceptance occurs. The Company considers all relevant facts and circumstances in determining when to recognize revenue, including contractual obligations to the customer, the customer’s post-delivery acceptance provisions, if any, and the installation process.

The Company has determined that iCAD’s Digital, MRI and film based sales generally follow the guidance of FASB ASC Topic 605 “Revenue Recognition” (ASC 605”) as the software has been considered essential to the functionality of the product per the guidance of ASU 2009-14. Typically, the responsibility for the installation process lies with the OEM partner. On occasion, when iCAD is responsible for product installation, the installation element is considered a separate unit of accounting because the delivered product has stand-alone value to the customer. In these instances, the Company allocates the deliverables based on the framework established within ASU 2009-13. Therefore, the installation and training revenue is recognized as the services are performed according to the BESP of the element. Revenue from the Digital, MRI and film based equipment when there is installation is recognized based on the relative selling price allocation of the BESP.

88

Revenue from the Company’s MRI products is recognized in accordance with ASC 985-605 “Software”. Sales of this product include third-party OEM support, and the Company has established VSOE for this element based on substantive renewal rates for support as specified in the agreement. Product revenue is determined based on the residual value in the arrangement, and is recognized when delivered. Revenue for third-party support is deferred and recognized over the support period which is typically on an annual basis.

Sales of the Company’s electronic brachytherapy product typically include a controller, accessories, and service and source agreements. The Company allocates revenue to the deliverables in the arrangement based on the BESP in accordance with ASU 2009-13. Product revenue is generally recognized when the product has been delivered and service and source revenue is typically recognized over the life of the service and source agreement.

The Company defers revenue from the sale of service contracts related to future periods and recognizes revenue on a straight-line basis in accordance with ASC Topic 605-20, “Services”. The Company provides for estimated warranty costs on original product warranties at the time of sale.

(k) Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue consists of the costs of products purchased for resale, cost relating to service including costs of service contracts to maintain equipment after the warranty period, inbound freight and duty, manufacturing, warehousing, material movement, inspection, scrap, rework, depreciation and in-house product warranty repairs, amortization of acquired technology and in 2013, the newly enacted Medical Device Tax.

(l) Warranty Costs

The Company provides for the estimated cost of standard product warranty against defects in material and workmanship based on historical warranty trends, including in the volume and cost of product returns during the warranty period. Warranty provisions and claims for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, were as follows:

	2013			2012			2011
Beginning accrual balance	$	36		$	89		$	86
Warranty provision		96			37			107
Usage		(107	)		(90	)		(104	)
Ending accrual balance	$	25		$	36		$	89

89

The warranty costs above include long-term warranty obligations of $8,000, $10,000 and $13,000 for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2013 and 2011, respectively.

(m) Engineering and Product Development Costs

Engineering and product development costs relate to research and development efforts including Company sponsored clinical trials which are expensed as incurred.

(n) Advertising Costs

The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. Advertising expense for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was approximately $639,000, $762,000 and $938,000 respectively.

(o) Net Loss per Common Share

The Company follows FASB ASC 260-10, “Earnings per Share”, which requires the presentation of both basic and diluted earnings per share on the face of the statements of operations. The Company’s basic net loss per share is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the period and, if there are dilutive securities, diluted income per share is computed by including common stock equivalents which includes shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options, net of shares assumed to have been purchased with the proceeds, using the treasury stock method.

A summary of the Company’s calculation of net loss per share is as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):

	2013			2012			2011
Net loss available to common shareholders	$	(7,608	)	$	(9,374	)	$	(37,587	)
Basic shares used in the calculation of earnings per share		10,842			10,796			10,910
Effect of dilutive securities:
Stock options		—			—			—
Restricted stock		—			—			—
Diluted shares used in the calculation of earnings per share		10,842			10,796			10,910
Net loss per share :
Basic	$	(0.70	)	$	(0.87	)	$	(3.45	)
Diluted	$	(0.70	)	$	(0.87	)	$	(3.45	)

90

The following table summarizes the number of shares of common stock for securities, warrants and restricted stock that were not included in the calculation of diluted net loss per share because such shares are antidilutive:

	2013		2012		2011
Options that are antidilutive:
Common stock options		1,334,955		1,434,945		1,080,722
Warrants		550,000		550,000		—
Restricted Stock		216,250		67,075		122,795
		2,101,205		2,052,020		1,203,517

Restricted common stock is issued to executives and employees of the Company and are subject to time-based vesting. These potential shares were excluded from the computation of basic loss per share as these shares are not considered outstanding until vested.

(p) Income Taxes

The Company follows the liability method under ASC Topic 740, “Income Taxes”, (“ASC 740”). The primary objectives of accounting for taxes under ASC 740 are to (a) recognize the amount of tax payable for the current year and (b) recognize the amount of deferred tax liability or asset for the future tax consequences of events that have been reflected in the Company’s financial statements or tax returns. The Company has provided a full valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets at December 31, 2013 and 2012, as it is more likely than not that the deferred tax asset will not be realized. Any subsequent changes in the valuation allowance will be recorded through operations in the provision (benefit) for income taxes.

ASC 740-10 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements and prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. ASC 740-10 also provides guidance on de-recognition, classification, interest and penalties, disclosure and transition.

(q) Stock-Based Compensation

The Company maintains stock-based incentive plans, under which it provides stock incentives to employees, directors and contractors. The Company grants to employees, directors and contractors, options to purchase common stock at an exercise price equal to the market value of the stock at the date of grant. The Company grants restricted stock to employees. The underlying shares of the restricted stock grant are not issued until the shares vest, and compensation expense is based on the stock price of the shares at the time of grant. The Company follows FASB ASC Topic 718, “Compensation – Stock Compensation” (“ASC 718”), for all stock-based compensation. Under this application, the Company is required to record compensation expense over the vesting period for all awards granted.

91

The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to value stock options which requires extensive use of accounting judgment and financial estimates, including estimates of the expected term participants will retain their vested stock options before exercising them, the estimated volatility of its common stock price over the expected term, the risk free rate, expected dividend yield, and the number of options that will be forfeited prior to the completion of their vesting requirements. Fair value of restricted stock is determined based on the stock price of the underlying option on the date of the grant. Application of alternative assumptions could produce significantly different estimates of the fair value of stock-based compensation and consequently, the related amounts recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

(r) Fair Value Measurements

The Company follows the provisions of FASB ASC Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurement and Disclosures”, (“ASC 820”). This topic defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value under generally accepted accounting principles and enhances disclosures about fair value measurements. Fair value is defined under ASC 820 as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value under ASC 820 must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The standard describes a fair value hierarchy based on three levels of inputs, of which the first two are considered observable and the last unobservable, that may be used to measure fair value which are the following:

• Level 1—Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

• Level 2—Inputs other than Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

• Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value

A financial instrument’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

The Company’s assets that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis relate to the Company’s money market accounts. The Company’s liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis relate to contingent consideration resulting from the acquisition of Xoft and the warrants issued in connection with the financing arrangement.

The money market funds are included in cash and cash equivalents in the accompanying balance sheet, and are considered a level 1 investment as they are valued at quoted market prices in active markets.

92

The fair value measurement for the contingent consideration liability is valued using Level 3 inputs. The Company recorded a contingent consideration liability of $5.0 million based upon the estimated fair value of the additional earn-out potential for the sellers that is tied to cumulative net revenue of Xoft products from January 1, 2011 through December 31, 2013, payable January, 2014. At December 31, 2012, the Company evaluated the revenue expectations of Xoft products and determined that the thresholds were unlikely to be met, and did not record any change in the balance of $0.0 million. As of December 31, 2013, the Company did not meet the cumulative net revenue criteria and accordingly the value of the contingent consideration is $0.0 million.

In connection with the financing as further described in Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, the Company issued 550,000 Warrants to purchase shares of common stock at an exercise price of $3.50 per share. The value of the warrants was determined using a binomial lattice model and the value is based on significant inputs not observable in the market including the probability of exercise and the probability of a major transaction. The significant assumptions underlying the fair value of the warrants are as follows:

	December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012
Warrants
Exercise price	$	3.50		$	3.50
Volatility		56.2	%		82.4	%
Equivalent term (years)		4.00			5.00
Risk-free interest rate		1.3	%		0.8	%

93

The following table sets forth Company’s assets and liabilities which are measured at fair value on a recurring basis by level within the fair value hierarchy.

Fair value measurements using: (000’s) as of December 31, 2013
	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Assets
Money market accounts	$	7,572	$	—	$	—	$	7,572
Total Assets	$	7,572	$	—	$	—	$	7,572
Liabilities
Contingent Consideration	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—
Warrants		—		—		3,986		3,986
Total Liabilities	$	—	$	—	$	3,986	$	3,986
Fair value measurements using: (000’s) as of December 31, 2012
	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Assets
Money market accounts	$	12,336	$	—	$	—	$	12,336
Total Assets	$	12,336	$	—	$	—	$	12,336
Liabilities
Contingent Consideration	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—
Warrants		—		—		1,538		1,538
Total Liabilities	$	—	$	—	$	1,538	$	1,538

The following table provides a summary of changes in the fair value of the warrants during the period are as follows (in thousands):

Warrants	Amount
Balance as of December 31, 2011	$	—
Value at issuance		999
Loss from change in fair value of warrant		539
Balance as of December 31, 2012		1,538
Loss from change in fair value of warrant		2,448
Balance as of December 31, 2013	$	3,986

Items Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

Certain assets, including our goodwill, are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. These assets are recognized at fair value when they are deemed to be impaired. We recorded an estimated impairment charge for goodwill of $26.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2011. We did not consider any assets to be impaired during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

94

(s) Recently Issued Accounting Standards

In July 2013, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2013-11, Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists (“ASU 2013-11”). ASU 2013-11 requires the netting of unrecognized tax benefits (“UTBs”) against a deferred tax asset for a loss or other carryforward that would apply in settlement of the uncertain tax positions. UTBs are required to be netted against all available same-jurisdiction loss or other tax carryforwards that would be utilized, rather than only against carryforwards that are created by the UTBs. ASU 2013-11 is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2013. The adoption of ASU 2013-11 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

(2) Financing Arrangements

On December 29, 2011, the Company entered into several agreements with entities affiliated with Deerfield Management, a healthcare investment fund (“Deerfield”), pursuant to which Deerfield agreed to provide $15 million in funding to the Company. Pursuant to the terms of a Facility Agreement, dated as of December 29, 2011 (the “Facility Agreement”), on January 9, 2012 (the “Funding Date”), the Company issued to Deerfield promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount of $15 million (the “Notes”). Under a Revenue Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 29, 2011 (the “Revenue Purchase Agreement”), the Company agreed to pay Deerfield a portion of the Company’s revenue until the maturity date of the Notes, whether or not the Notes are outstanding through that date. On the Funding Date, the Company issued to Deerfield (i) six-year warrants to purchase up to 450,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $3.50 per share and (ii) a second Warrant (the “B Warrant”) to purchase an additional 100,000 shares of common stock at a exercise price of $3.50 per share, which may become exercisable if certain conditions are met, as described below. Collectively, these transactions are referred to as the “Transactions.” In January, 2012, the Company received net proceeds of $14,325,000 from the Transactions, representing $15,000,000 of gross proceeds, less a $225,000 facility fee and a $450,000 finders fee before deducting other expenses of the Transactions.

Facility Agreement

Under the terms of the Facility Agreement, the Company issued the Notes in the aggregate principal amount of $15 million. The Notes bear interest at an annual rate of 5.75%. The maturity date of the Notes is the fifth anniversary of the date of the Facility Agreement, unless the Company notifies the lenders prior to the fourth anniversary of the date of the Facility Agreement that the Company will exercise its option to extend the maturity date for another year, in which case the maturity date will be the sixth anniversary of the date of the Facility Agreement. The Company must pay 25% of the original principal amount of the Notes on each of the third and fourth anniversaries of the date of the Facility Agreement and 50% of such principal amount on the fifth anniversary of the date of the Facility Agreement. If, however, the final payment date is extended to

95

the sixth anniversary of the date of the Facility Agreement, then the Company must pay 25% of the principal amount on each of the fifth and sixth anniversaries of the date of the Facility Agreement. There is no penalty for prepayment and the Notes are due on the earlier of the final payment date or an event of default. Deerfield has the option to require the Company to repay the Notes if the Company completes a major transaction, which includes, but is not limited to, a merger or sale of the Company.

Security Agreement

In connection with the Facility Agreement, on the Funding Date, Deerfield and each of the Company and Xoft,, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, entered into Security Agreements on the Funding Date (the “Security Agreements”), pursuant to which each of the Company and Xoft has granted to Deerfield a security interest in substantially all of their respective assets, including their respective intellectual property, accounts, receivables, equipment, general intangibles, inventory and investment property, and all of the proceeds and products of the foregoing.

Revenue Purchase Agreement

In connection with the Facility Agreement, the Company entered into a Revenue Purchase Agreement with Deerfield Private Design Fund II, L.P. and Deerfield Special Situations Fund, L.P. and Horizon Sante TTNP SARL (these entities collectively referred to as the “Purchasers”). Pursuant to the Revenue Purchase Agreement, the Purchasers paid the Company $4,107,900, in the form of an original issue discount from the $15.0 million Facility agreement, in exchange for the Purchasers’ right to receive a percentage of the Company’s revenue. For the first three quarters of each fiscal year during the term of the Revenue Purchase Agreement, the Company must pay to the Purchasers the greater of the applicable percentage of revenue for such quarter and the applicable quarterly minimum, which is $125,000 per quarter. In the final quarter of each calendar year during the term of the Revenue Purchase Agreement, the Company must pay to the Purchasers the amount equal to the difference between the greater of the applicable percentage of revenue for the applicable calendar year and the applicable annual minimum of $500,000 minus the aggregate revenue participation payments the Company made for the first three quarters of the applicable year. If the Company extends the maturity date of the Facility Agreement, then the Company must pay the Purchasers the revenue payments through 2017. The applicable percentage for the calendar years 2012, 2013 and 2014 are 4.25% of revenue up to $25 million in annual revenue for the calendar year, 2.75% of revenue from $25 million in annual revenue up to $50 million in annual revenue for such calendar year and 1.0% of revenue in excess of $50 million in annual revenue for such calendar year. The applicable percentage for the calendar years 2015, 2016, and, if applicable, 2017, are 4.25% of revenue up to $25 million in annual revenue for such calendar year, 2.25% of revenue from $25 million up to $50 million in annual revenue for such calendar year and 1.0% of revenue in excess of $50 million in annual revenue for such calendar year. Additionally, if the Company sells assets in excess of $500,000 in the aggregate during the term of the Revenue Purchase Agreement, the proceeds of which are not recorded as revenue in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, the Company must pay the Purchasers certain percentages of the gross proceeds of any such asset sale. The percentage of any such payment varies with the total amount of the gross proceeds and when the asset sale takes place.

96

Warrant to Purchase Common Stock and Registration Rights Agreement

In connection with the Transactions, on the Funding Date, the Company issued to Deerfield six-year warrants to purchase an aggregate of 550,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $3.50 per share (the “Warrants”). On the Funding Date, the Warrants to purchase 450,000 shares of the Company’s common stock became immediately exercisable. If the Company extends the maturity date of the Facility Agreement, the 100,000 shares of common stock underlying the B Warrants will become exercisable. The B Warrants will become exercisable on the first business day following the four year anniversary of the date of the Facility Agreement. The B Warrants shall otherwise have the same terms, including exercise price and expiration date, as the Warrants. The exercise price may be paid, at the election of the holder, in cash, by a reduction of the principal amount of the holder’s Note outstanding under the Facility Agreement or, pursuant to certain cashless exercise provisions. If the Company declares and pays dividends or makes other distributions to the holders of its common stock, the holders of the Warrants are entitled to receive the dividends or distributions as if the holders had exercised the Warrants and held common stock. All Warrants issued under the Facility Agreement expire on the six year anniversary of the Funding Date and contain certain limitations that prevent the holder from acquiring shares upon exercise of a Warrant that would result in the number of shares beneficially owned by it to exceed 9.985% of the total number of shares of the Company’s common stock then issued and outstanding. Upon certain change of control transactions, or upon certain “events of default” (as defined in the Warrants), each holder has the right to net exercise the Warrants for an amount of shares of the Company’s common stock equal to the Black-Scholes value of the shares issuable under the terms of the Warrants divided by 95% of the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the day immediately prior to the consummation of such change of control or event of default, as applicable. In certain circumstances where a Warrant or portion of a Warrant is not net exercised in connection with a change of control or event of default, the holder will be paid an amount in cash equal to the Black-Scholes value of such portion of the Warrant not treated as a net exercise.

In connection with the Transactions, the Company entered into a registration rights agreement with Deerfield, pursuant to which the Company agreed to register for resale all of the shares issuable under the Warrants upon exercise or otherwise, including the B Warrants. The Company is required to use its commercially reasonable best efforts to have the registration statement declared effective as soon as practicable (but in no event later than sixty (60) days after the Funding Date). The Company completed the registration statement and it was declared effective on January 20, 2012.

97

The Company is required to file additional registration statements to register the resale of any shares underlying warrants which are not included in the registration statement. The Company’s registration obligations terminate on the earlier of (i) the date on which all of the shares of common stock covered by an applicable registration statement have been sold or (ii) the date on which all of such shares (in the opinion of counsel to Deerfield) may be immediately sold to the public (other than pursuant to a Cash Exercise (as defined in the Warrants)) without registration or restriction (including without limitation as to volume by each holder thereof) under the Securities Act.

The maximum number of shares of common stock the Company may issue under the Transactions may not exceed 19.9% of the Company’s outstanding stock immediately prior to the Transactions.

The sale of the Warrants was exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). The Warrants and the securities to be issued upon exercise of the Warrants have not been registered under the Securities Act or state securities laws and may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration with the SEC or an applicable exemption from the registration requirements.

The Company has determined that the Facility Agreement will be accounted for as debt pursuant to ASC 470, Debt (“ASC 470”). The Facility Agreement had an original issue discount of approximately $4.1 million which was assigned to the Revenue Purchase Agreement and an additional value allocated to the warrants of approximately $1.0 million. The original issue discount is being accreted to the $15.0 million face value of the Note on the effective interest method with an effective interest rate of 17.35% based on the discount of approximately $5.1 million.

The original issue discount of approximately $4.1 million was assigned to the Revenue Purchase Agreement. Under this agreement, the Company is obligated to pay 4.25% of revenue up to $25 million, 2.75% of annual revenue from $25 million to $50 million during 2013 and 2014, and 2.25% of annual revenue during 2015, 2016 and if the Facility Agreement is extended, in 2017, and 1.0% of annual revenue in excess of $50 million. The proceeds of the Revenue Purchase Agreement will be capitalized as debt in accordance with ASC 470-10-25, “Sales of Future Revenues or Various Other Measures of Income”. Expected revenue related payments under this agreement are included as interest expense in the period incurred. The repayment of the $4.1 million original issue discount capitalized as debt will be amortized as a reduction of interest expense over the term of the arrangement. The effective amortization rate of the repayment is approximately 28.8% which is calculated based on the expected cash outflows over the term of the arrangement.

The overall effective interest rate of the financing arrangement, which excludes future changes in the fair value of the warrants, is currently estimated to be approximately 19%.

98

The Company determined the Warrants should be classified as debt in accordance with ASC 480, “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity”, as the Warrants contain a feature whereby the Company could be required to redeem the Warrants for cash upon the occurrence of a major transaction, as defined in the Warrants. The value of the Warrants was determined using a binomial lattice model as the provisions in the Warrant could not be valued using the Black-Scholes model. The Warrant is being valued at fair value at each reporting period with changes in fair value recorded in the consolidated statement of operations.

The Company has determined that the B Warrant did not have any value as of the Funding Date, as the B Warrant is exercisable upon the Company’s election to extend the Facility Agreement. The Company does not plan to extend the Facility Agreement at this time. If the Company determines it will extend the Facility Agreement, the value of the “B Warrant” will be determined using the binomial lattice model at such time.

The following amounts are included in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2013 and 2013, respectively related to the Facility and Revenue Purchase agreements:

	December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012
Principal Amount of Facility Agreement	$	15,000		$	15,000
Unamortized discount		(3,116	)		(4,196	)
Carrying amount of Facility Agreement		11,884			10,804
Revenue Purchase Agreement		3,636			4,042
Less current portion of Facility Agreement		(3,750	)		—
Notes payable long-term portion	$	11,770		$	14,846

The following amounts comprise interest expense included in our consolidated statement of operations for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively:

	December 31, 2013		December 31, 2012
Cash interest expense	$	2,155	$	2,015
Non-cash amortization of debt discount		674		845
Amortization of debt costs		182		167
Amortization of settlement obligations		266		388
Total interest expense	$	3,277	$	3,415

Cash interest expense represents the amount of interest expected to be paid in cash under the agreements, which represents the interest of 5.75% on the Facility Agreement and the expected cash payments on the Revenue Purchase Agreement for the period. Non-cash amortization is the amortization of the discount on the Facility Agreement. The amortization of debt costs represents the costs incurred with the financing, which is primarily the facility fee and the finder’s fee which has been capitalized and is expensed using the effective interest method. The amortization of the settlement obligations represent the interest associated with the settlement agreements for both Zeiss and Hologic, Inc. (“Hologic”).

99

(3) Accrued Expenses

Accrued expenses consist of the following at December 31, (in thousands):

	2013		2012
Accrued salary and related expenses	$	2,020	$	2,112
Accrued accounts payable		1,012		528
Accrued professional fees		284		303
Accrued short term settlement costs		221		721
Other accrued expenses		216		425
Deferred rent		46		53
	$	3,799	$	4,142

(4) Stockholders’ Equity

(a) Stock Options

The Company has five stock option or stock incentive plans, which are described as follows:

The 2001 Stock Option Plan (“The 2001 Plan”).

The 2001 Plan was adopted by the Company’s stockholders in August 2001. The 2001 Plan provides for the granting of non-qualifying and incentive stock options to employees and other persons to purchase up to an aggregate of 240,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. The purchase price of each share for which an option is granted is determined by the Board of Directors or the Committee appointed by the Board of Directors provided that the purchase price of each share for which an incentive option is granted cannot be less than the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant, except for options granted to 10% stockholders for whom the exercise price cannot be less than 110% of the market price. Incentive options granted to date under the 2001 Plan vest 100% over periods extending from six months to five years from the date of grant and expire no later than ten years after the date of grant, except for 10% holders whose options shall expire not later than five years after the date of grant. Non-qualifying options granted under the 2001 Plan are generally exercisable over a ten year period, vesting 1/3 each on the first, second, and third anniversaries of the date of grant. At December 31, 2013 there are no further options available for grant under this plan.

The 2002 Stock Option Plan (“The 2002 Plan”).

The 2002 Plan was adopted by the Company’s stockholders in June 2002. The 2002 Plan provides for the granting of non-qualifying and incentive stock options to employees and other persons to purchase up to an aggregate of 100,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. The purchase price of each share for which an option is granted is determined by the Board of Directors or the Committee appointed by the Board of

100

Directors provided that the purchase price of each share for which an incentive option is granted cannot be less than the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant, except for options granted to 10% stockholders for whom the exercise price cannot be less than 110% of the market price. Incentive options granted to date under the 2002 Plan vest 100% over periods extending from six months to five years from the date of grant and expire no later than ten years after the date of grant, except for 10% holders whose options expire not later than five years after the date of grant. Non-qualifying options granted under the 2002 Plan are generally exercisable over a ten year period, vesting 1/3 each on the first, second, and third anniversaries of the date of grant. At December 31, 2013, there are no further options available for grant under the 2002 Plan.

The 2004 Stock Incentive Plan (“The 2004 Plan”).

The 2004 Plan was adopted by the Company’s stockholders in June 2004. The 2004 Plan provides for the grant of any or all of the following types of awards: (a) stock options, (b) restricted stock, (c) deferred stock and (d) other stock-based awards. The 2004 Plan provides for the granting of non-qualifying and incentive stock options to employees and other persons to purchase up to an aggregate of 200,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. The purchase price of each share for which an option is granted is determined by the Board of Directors or the Committee appointed by the Board of Directors provided that the purchase price of each share for which an option is granted cannot be less than the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant, except for incentive options granted to 10% stockholders for whom the exercise price cannot be less than 110% of the market price. Incentive options granted under the 2004 Plan generally vest 100% over periods extending from the date of grant to five years from the date of grant and expire not later than ten years after the date of grant, except for 10% holders whose options expire not later than five years after the date of grant. Non-qualifying options granted under the 2004 Plan are generally exercisable over a ten year period, vesting 1/3 each on the first, second, and third anniversaries of the date of grant. At December 31, 2013 there were 29,812 shares available for issuance under the 2004 Plan.

The 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (“The 2005 Plan”).

The 2005 Plan was adopted by the Company’s stockholders in June 2005. The 2005 Plan provides for the grant of any or all of the following types of awards: (a) stock options, (b) restricted stock, (c) deferred stock and (d) other stock-based awards. The 2005 Plan provides for the granting of non-qualifying and incentive stock options to employees and other persons to purchase up to an aggregate of 120,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. The purchase price of each share for which an option is granted is determined by the Board of Directors or the Committee appointed by the Board of Directors provided that the purchase price of each share for which an option is granted cannot be less than the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant, except for incentive options granted to 10% stockholders for whom the exercise price cannot be less than 110% of the market price. Incentive options granted under the 2005 Plan generally vest 100% over periods extending from the date of grant to three

101

years from the date of grant and expire not later than five years after the date of grant, except for 10% stockholders whose options expire not later than five years after the date of grant. Non-qualifying options granted under the 2005 Plan are generally exercisable over a ten year period, vesting 1/3 each on the first, second, and third anniversaries of the date of grant. At December 31, 2013, there were 8,106 shares available for issuance under the 2005 Plan.

The 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (“The 2007 Plan”).

The 2007 Plan was adopted by the Company’s stockholders in July 2007 and amended in June 2009. The 2007 Plan provides for the grant of any or all of the following types of awards: (a) stock options, (b) restricted stock, (c) deferred stock and (d) other stock-based awards. Awards may be granted singly, in combination, or in tandem. Subject to anti-dilution adjustments as provided in the 2007 Plan, (i) the 2007 Plan provides for a total of 1,050,000 shares of the Company’s common stock to be available for distribution pursuant to the 2007 Plan, and (ii) the maximum number of shares of the Company’s common stock with respect to which stock options, restricted stock, deferred stock, or other stock-based awards may be granted to any participant under the 2007 Plan during any calendar year or part of a year may not exceed 160,000 shares.

The 2007 Plan provides that it will be administered by the Company’s Board of Directors (“Board”) or a committee of two or more members of the Board appointed by the Board. The administrator will generally have the authority to administer the 2007 Plan, determine participants who will be granted awards under the 2007 Plan, the size and types of awards, the terms and conditions of awards and the form and content of the award agreements representing awards. Awards under the 2007 Plan may be granted to employees, directors, consultants and advisors of the Company and its subsidiaries. However, only employees of the Company and its subsidiaries will be eligible to receive options that are designated as incentive stock options.

With respect to options granted under the 2007 Plan, the exercise price must be at least 100% (110% in the case of an incentive stock option granted to a 10% stockholder) of the fair market value of the common stock subject to the award, determined as of the date of grant. Restricted stock awards are shares of common stock that are awarded subject to the satisfaction of the terms and conditions established by the administrator. In general, awards that do not require exercise may be made in exchange for such lawful consideration, including services, as determined by the administrator. At December 31, 2013, there were 63,664 shares available for issuance under the 2007 Plan.

The 2012 Stock Incentive Plan (“The 2012 Plan”).

The 2012 Plan was adopted by the Company’s stockholders in May 2012. The 2012 Plan provides for the grant of any or all of the following types of awards: (a) stock options, (b) restricted stock, (c) deferred stock and (d) other stock-based awards. Awards may be granted singly, in combination, or in tandem. Subject to anti-dilution adjustments as provided in the 2012 Plan, (i) the 2012 Plan provides for a total of 600,000 shares of the

102

Company’s common stock to be available for distribution pursuant to the 2012 Plan, and (ii) the maximum number of shares of the Company’s common stock with respect to which stock options, restricted stock, deferred stock, or other stock-based awards may be granted to any participant under the 2012 Plan during any calendar year or part of a year may not exceed 100,000 shares.

The 2012 Plan provides that it will be administered by the Company’s Board of Directors (“Board”) or a committee of two or more members of the Board appointed by the Board. The administrator will generally have the authority to administer the 2012 Plan, determine participants who will be granted awards under the 2012 Plan, the size and types of awards, the terms and conditions of awards and the form and content of the award agreements representing awards. Awards under the 2012 Plan may be granted to employees, directors, consultants and advisors of the Company and its subsidiaries. However, only employees of the Company and its subsidiaries will be eligible to receive options that are designated as incentive stock options.

With respect to options granted under the 2012 Plan, the exercise price must be at least 100% (110% in the case of an incentive stock option granted to a 10% stockholder) of the fair market value of the common stock subject to the award, determined as of the date of grant. Restricted stock awards are shares of common stock that are awarded subject to the satisfaction of the terms and conditions established by the administrator. In general, awards that do not require exercise may be made in exchange for such lawful consideration, including services, as determined by the administrator. At December 31, 2013, there were 5,343 shares available for issuance under the 2012 Plan.

A summary of stock option activity for all stock option plans is as follows:

	Option Shares			Price range per share		Weighted Average
Outstanding, January 1, 2011		1,058,705		$	4.00-$26.40	$	12.25
Granted		631,357		$	2.75-$7.10	$	5.35
Exercised		(15,000	)	$	4.00	$	4.00
Forfeited		(594,339	)	$	3.00-$24.40	$	9.60
Outstanding, December 31, 2011		1,080,722		$	2.75-$26.40	$	9.75
Granted		693,601		$	2.00-$3.70	$	2.43
Exercised		—		$	0.00	$	0.00
Forfeited		(339,378	)	$	2.85-$24.40	$	15.95
Outstanding, December 31, 2012		1,434,945		$	2.00-$26.40	$	4.75
Granted		46,537		$	4.46-$10.02	$	5.42
Exercised		(48,427	)	$	2.15-$6.50	$	3.00
Forfeited		(98,100	)	$	2.09-$20.50	$	11.62
Outstanding, December 31, 2013		1,334,955		$	2.00-$26.40	$	4.34

103

Exercisable at year-end	Option Shares		Price range per share		Weighted average exercise  price
2011		679,716	$	2.80-$26.40	$	12.40
2012		485,553	$	2.00-$26.40	$	7.06
2013		743,910	$	2.00-$26.40	$	5.09

Available for future grants at December 31, 2013 from all plans: 106,925

The Company’s stock-based compensation expense, including options and restricted stock by category is as follows (amounts in thousands):

	Years Ended December 31,
	2013		2012		2011
Cost of revenue	$	21	$	15	$	14
Engineering and product development		228		178		172
Marketing and sales		273		242		224
General and administrative expense		680		561		494
	$	1,202	$	996	$	904

As of December 31, 2013, there was $1.3 million of total unrecognized compensation costs related to unvested options and restricted stock. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 0.99 years.

Options granted under the stock incentive plans were valued utilizing the Black-Scholes model using the following assumptions and had the following fair values:

	Years Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Average risk-free interest rate		0.53	%		0.98	%		2.51	%
Expected dividend yield		None			None			None
Expected life		3.5 years			3.5 years			3.5 years
Expected volatility		57.6% to 68.9%			65.9% to 68.9%			67.0% to 69.3%
Weighted average exercise price	$	5.42		$	2.43		$	5.35
Weighted average fair value	$	2.35		$	1.17		$	2.65

The Company’s 2013, 2012 and 2011, average expected volatility and average expected life is based on the average of the Company’s historical information. The risk-free rate is based on the rate of U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with a remaining term equal to the expected life of option grants. The Company has paid no dividends on its common stock in the past and does not anticipate paying any dividends in the future

104

The aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding at December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $10.0 million, $1.8 million and $2,050, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of the options exercisable at December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $5.1 million, $0.3 million and $250, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of stock options exercised during 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $0.5 million, $0 and $24,088, respectively. The Company used the closing market price of $11.66, $4.79 and $2.85 per share at December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, to determine the aggregate intrinsic values of options outstanding and exercisable.

(b) Restricted Stock

The Company’s restricted stock awards vest in three equal annual installments with the first installment vesting one year from grant date. At December 31, 2013, there were 216,250 unvested restricted stock awards outstanding. A summary of restricted stock activity for all stock option plans is as follows:

	Years Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Beginning outstanding balance		67,075			122,795			153,215
Granted		196,250			—			62,000
Vested		(47,008	)		(47,820	)		(59,153	)
Forfeited		(67	)		(7,900	)		(33,267	)
Ending outstanding balance		216,250			67,075			122,795

The aggregate intrinsic value of restricted stock outstanding at December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $2.5 million, $0.3 million, and $0.3 million, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of restricted stock vested during 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $0.5 million, $0.2 million and $0.2 million, respectively. The Company used the closing market price of $11.66, $4.79 and $2.85 per share at December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, to determine the aggregate intrinsic values.

(5) Income Taxes

The components of income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

	2013		2012		2011
Current provision (benefit):
Federal	$	—	$	—	$	—
State		126		43		76
	$	126	$	43	$	76

105

A summary of the differences between the Company’s effective income tax rate and the Federal statutory income tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 is as follows:

	2013			2012			2011
Federal statutory rate		34.0	%		34.0	%		34.0	%
State income taxes, net of federal benefit		2.3	%		4.0	%		1.8	%
Net state impact of deferred rate change		0.1	%		0.1	%		0.2	%
Stock compensation expense		(2.0	%)		(1.8	%)		(0.4	%)
Goodwill impairment		0.0	%		0.0	%		(24.3	%)
Contingent consideration		0.0	%		0.0	%		4.4	%
Other permanent differences		(11.7	%)		(2.4	%)		(0.5	%)
Change in valuation allowance		(27.6	%)		(34.4	%)		(15.6	%)
Other		3.3	%		0.0	%		0.4	%
Effective income tax		(1.6	%)		(0.5	%)		0.0	%

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of net operating loss carryforwards, tax credit carryforwards and temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the income tax basis of assets and liabilities. A valuation allowance is applied against any net deferred tax asset if, based on the available evidence, it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

Deferred income taxes reflect the impact of “temporary differences” between the amount of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and such amounts as measured by tax laws and regulations. The Company has fully reserved the net deferred tax assets, as it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be utilized. Deferred tax assets (liabilities) are comprised of the following at December 31 (in thousands):

	2013			2012
Inventory (Section 263A)	$	233		$	298
Inventory reserves		156			182
Receivable reserves		29			52
Other accruals		938			1,159
Deferred revenue		1,256			897
Accumulated		(2	)		179
depreciation/amortization
Stock options		2,070			1,808
Developed technology		(3,464	)		(3,915	)
Tax credits		2,176			1,698
NOL carryforward		34,059			34,288
Net deferred tax assets		37,451			36,646
Valuation allowance		(37,451	)		(36,646	)
	$	—		$	—

The increase in net deferred tax asset and corresponding valuation allowance is primarily attributable to additional research and development credits and differences in amortization periods on the Company’s intangible assets.

106

As of December 31, 2013, the Company has net operating loss carryforwards totaling approximately $94.9 million expiring between 2016 and 2033. A portion of the total net operating loss carryforwards amounting to approximately $25.2 million relate to the acquisition of Xoft, Inc. As of December 31, 2013, the Company has provided a valuation allowance for its net operating loss carryforwards due to the uncertainty of the Company’s ability to generate sufficient taxable income in future years to obtain the benefit from the utilization of the net operating loss carryforwards. In the event of a deemed change in control, an annual limitation imposed on the utilization of the net operating losses may result in the expiration of all or a portion of the net operating loss carryforwards. There were no net operating losses utilized for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

The Company currently has approximately $15.2 million (including approximately $9.5 million that relate to Xoft, Inc.) in net operating losses that are subject to limitations, of which approximately $2.0 million (including approximately $473,000 that relate to Xoft, Inc.) can be used annually through 2033. The Company has available tax credit carryforwards (adjusted to reflect provisions of the Tax Reform Act of 1986) to offset future income tax liabilities totaling approximately $2.2 million. The Company currently has approximately $3.9 million (including approximately $1.8 million that relate to Xoft, Inc.) in tax credit carryforwards that are subject to limitations. The tax credits related to Xoft have been fully reserved for and as a result no deferred tax asset has been recorded. The credits expire in various years through 2033.

ASC 740-10 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return and also provides guidance on de-recognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure, and transition.

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had no unrecognized tax benefits and no adjustments to liabilities or operations were required under ASC 740-10. The Company’s practice was and continues to be to recognize interest and penalty expenses related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense, which was zero for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011. The Company files United States federal and various state income tax returns. Generally, the Company’s three preceding tax years remain subject to examination by federal and state taxing authorities. The Company completed an examination by the Internal Revenue Service with respect to the 2008 tax year in January 2011, which resulted in no changes to the tax return originally filed. The Company is not under examination by any other federal or state jurisdiction for any tax year.

The Company does not anticipate that it is reasonably possible that unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2013 will significantly change within the next 12 months.

(6) Segment Reporting, Geographical Information and Major Customers

(a) Segment Reporting

In accordance with FASB Topic ASC 280, “Segments”, operating segments, are defined as components of an enterprise that engage in business activities for which discrete financial information is available and regularly reviewed by the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) in deciding how to allocate resources and assess performance.

107

The Company’s CODM is the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”). In the second quarter of 2013, we changed the manner in which Company financial information is reported to the CODM. The Company’s reportable segments have been identified primarily based on the types of products sold. Each reportable segment generates revenue from the sale of medical equipment and related services and/or sale of supplies. The Company has determined there are two segments, Cancer Detection (“Detection”) and Cancer Therapy (“Therapy”).

The Detection segment consists of our advanced image analysis and workflow products, and the Therapy segment consists of our radiation therapy (“Axxent”) products. The primary factors used by our CODM to allocate resources are based on revenues, operating income or loss, and earnings or loss before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, and other specific and non-recurring items (“Adjusted EBITDA”) of each segment. Included in segment operating income are stock compensation, amortization of technology and depreciation expense. There are no intersegment revenues.

We do not track our assets by operating segment and our CODM does not use asset information by segment to allocate resources or make operating decisions.

108

Segment revenues, segment operating income or loss, and a reconciliation of segment operating income or loss to GAAP loss before income tax is as follows (including prior periods which have been presented for consistency):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Segment revenues:
Detection	$	16,905		$	17,262		$	22,765
Therapy		16,162			11,013			5,887
Total Revenue	$	33,067		$	28,275		$	28,652
Segment operating income (loss):
Detection	$	5,016		$	4,274		$	2,837
Therapy		(52	)		(2,720	)		(7,285	)
Segment operating income (loss)	$	4,964		$	1,554		$	(4,448	)
General and administrative expenses	$	(6,740	)	$	(6,966	)	$	(9,999	)
Interest expense		(3,277	)		(3,415	)		(422	)
Gain on fair value of warrant		(2,448	)		(539	)		—
Other income		19			35			27
Contingent consideration		—			—			4,900
Goodwill impairment		—			—			(26,828	)
Loss on indemnification asset		—			—			(741	)
Loss before income tax	$	(7,482	)	$	(9,331	)	$	(37,511	)

(b) Geographic Information

The Company’s sales are made to distributors and dealers of mammography, electronic brachytherapy equipment and other medical equipment, and to foreign distributors of mammography and electronic brachytherapy equipment. Export sales to a single country did not exceed 10% of total revenue in any year. Total export sales were approximately $1.9 million or 6% of total revenue in 2013, $2.9 million or 10% of total revenue in 2012 and $1.8 million or 6% of total revenue in 2011.

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had outstanding receivables of $0.3 million and $0.8 million, respectively, from distributors and customers of its products who are located outside of the U.S.

(c) Major Customers

The Company had one major customer, GE Healthcare, with approximately $3.7 million in 2013, $4.5 million in 2012, and $6.8 million in 2011 or 11%, 16%, and 24% of total revenue, respectively. Cancer detection products are also sold through OEM partners, including GE Healthcare, Fuji Medical Systems, Siemens Medical and Invivo. These four OEM partners comprised approximately 51% of Detection revenues and 26% of revenue overall. Two customers comprised 35% of Cancer Therapy revenues and 17% of total revenue with approximately $5.6 million in revenue; however neither customer exceeded 10% of total revenue.

109

OEM partners represented $1.3 million or 17% of outstanding receivables as of December 31, 2013, with GE Healthcare comprising $0.5 million or 7% of this amount. The two largest Cancer Therapy customers comprised $3.1 million or 41% of outstanding receivables as of December 31, 2013. These six customers in total represented $4.4 million or 58% of outstanding receivables as of December 31, 2013.

(7) Commitments and Contingencies

(a) Lease Obligations

As of December 31, 2013, the Company had four lease obligations related to its facilities. The Company’s executive offices are located in Nashua, New Hampshire and are leased pursuant to a five-year lease (the “Lease”) that commenced on December 15, 2006, and renewed on January 1, 2012 (the “Premises”). The Lease renewal provided for annual base rent of $181,764 for the first year; $187,272 for the second year; $192,780 for the third year; $198,288 for the fourth year and $203,796 for the fifth year. Additionally, the Company is required to pay its proportionate share of the building and real estate tax expenses and obtain insurance for the Premises. The Company also has the right to extend the term of the Lease for an additional five year period at the then current market rent rate (but not less than the last annual rent paid by the Company).

The Company leases office space located in Fairborn Ohio. The Ohio Lease provides for a three (3) year and three (3) month term, which commenced on January 1, 2011 for approximately $43,650 per year, with all amounts payable in equal monthly installments. The Ohio Lease provides the Company with the option to renew the lease for an additional three (3) year period. The Company does not expect to renew the lease at the end of the primary term.

The Company leases a facility in San Jose California under a non-cancelable operating lease which commenced in September, 2012. The facility has office, manufacturing and warehousing space. The operating lease provides for an annual base rent of $248,376, increasing to $260,064 in October 2013, $271,752 beginning October 2014, $283,440 beginning October 2015 and $295,140 beginning October 2016 through September 2017, with all amounts payable in equal monthly installments. Additionally, the Company is required to pay its proportionate share of the building and real estate tax expenses and obtain insurance for the facility.

In addition to the foregoing leases relating to its principal properties, the Company also has a lease for an additional facility in Nashua, New Hampshire used for product repairs, manufacturing and warehousing.

110

Rent expense for all leases for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $697,000, $799,000 and $957,000, respectively.

Future minimum rental payments due under these agreements as of December 31, 2013 are as follows (in thousands):

Fiscal Year	Operating Leases
2014		500
2015		482
2016		490
2017		255
	$	1,727

(b) Capital leases obligations

The Company entered into a capital lease agreement for the purchase of certain equipment in August 2013 for approximately $409,000 at a rate of 3.99%. Under the guidance of ASC Topic 840, “Leases” the Company determined that the lease was a capital lease as it contained a bargain purchase option wherein the Company has the option to buy the equipment for $1 at the end of the lease term. Accordingly, the equipment has been capitalized and a liability has been recorded. The equipment cost of $409,000 is reflected as property and equipment in the balance sheet and will be depreciated over its useful life.

Future minimum lease payments under this lease are as follows:

Fiscal Year	Capital Leases
2014		145
2015		145
2016		97
subtotal minimum lease obligation		387
less interest		(24	)
Total, net		363
less current portion		(128	)
long term portion	$	235

(c) Other Commitments

The Company has non-cancelable purchase orders with two key suppliers executed in the normal course of business that total approximately $1.4 million.

111

(d) Employment Agreements

The Company has entered into employment agreements with certain key executives. The employment agreements provide for minimum annual salaries and performance-based annual bonus compensation as defined in their respective agreements. In addition, the employment agreements provide that if employment is terminated without cause, the executive will receive an amount equal to their respective base salary then in effect for the greater of the remainder of the original term of employment or, for Mr. Ferry, a period of two years from the date of termination and for all other executives a period of one year from the date of termination plus the pro rata portion of any annual bonus earned in any employment year through the date of termination.

(e) Foreign Tax Claim

In July 2007, a dissolved former Canadian subsidiary of the Company, CADx Medical Systems Inc. (“CADx Medical”), received a tax re-assessment of approximately $6,800,000 from the Canada Revenue Agency (“CRA”) resulting from CRA’s audit of CADx Medical’s Canadian federal tax return for the year ended December 31, 2002. In February 2010, the CRA reviewed the matter and reduced the tax re-assessment to approximately $703,000, excluding interest and penalties. The CRA has the right to pursue the matter until July 2017. The Company believes that it is not liable for the re-assessment against CADx Medical and would continue to defend this position, and no accrual was recorded as of December 31, 2013.

(f) Royalty Obligations

In connection with prior litigation, the Company received a nonexclusive, irrevocable, perpetual, worldwide license, including the right to sublicense certain Hologic patents, and a non-compete covenant as well as an agreement not to seek further damages with respect to the alleged patent violations. In return the Company has a remaining obligation to pay a minimum annual royalty payment of $250,000 payable through 2016. In addition to the minimum annual royalty payments, the litigation settlement agreement with Hologic also provided for payment of royalties if such royalties exceed the minimum payment based upon a specified percentage of future net sales on any products that practice the licensed rights. The estimated fair value of the patent license and non-compete covenant is $100,000 and is being amortized over the estimated remaining useful life of approximately four years. In addition, a liability has been recorded within accrued expenses and long-term settlement cost for future payment and for future minimum royalty obligations totaling $0.8 million

During December, 2011, the Company settled litigation with Zeiss and as of December 31, 2013 has a remaining obligation to pay $0.5 million in June 2015 and $0.5 million in June 2017, for a total of $1.0 million. The present value of the liability is estimated at approximately $0.7 million as of December 31, 2013.

112

(g) Litigation

On February 18, 2011, in the Orange County Superior Court (Docket No. 30-2011-00451816-CU-PL-CXC), named plaintiffs Jane Doe and John Doe filed a complaint against Xoft, the Company, and Hoag Memorial Hospital Presbyterian asserting causes of action for general negligence, breach of warranty, and strict liability and seeking unlimited damages in excess of $25,000. On March 2, 2011, the Company received a Statement of Damages – specifying that the damages being sought aggregated an amount of at least approximately $14.5 million. On April 6, 2011, plaintiffs Jane Doe and John Doe amended their complaint alleging only medical malpractice against Hoag Memorial Hospital Presbyterian. On April 8, 2011, another complaint was filed in the Orange County Superior Court (Docket No. 30-2011-00465448-CU-MM-CXC) on behalf of four additional Jane Doe plaintiffs and two John Doe spouses with identical allegations against the same defendants. One John Doe spouse from this group of plaintiffs was later dismissed on August 18, 2011. On April 19, 2011, a sixth Jane Doe plaintiff filed an identical complaint in the Orange County Superior Court (Docket No. 30-2011-00468687-CU-MM-CXC), and on May 4, 2011, a seventh Jane Doe plaintiff and John Doe spouse filed another complaint in the Orange County Superior Court (Docket No. 30-2011-00473120-CU-PO-CXC), again with identical allegations against the same defendants. On July 12, 2011, an eighth Jane Doe plaintiff and John Doe spouse filed a complaint in the Orange County Superior Court (Docket No. 30-2011-00491068-CU-PL-CXC), and on July 14, 2011, a ninth Jane Doe plaintiff and John Doe spouse filed another complaint in the Orange County Superior Court (Docket No. 30-2011-00491497-CU-PL-CXC), each with identical allegations as the previously filed complaints. On August 18, 2011, these two groups of Jane Doe plaintiffs and John Doe spouses amended their complaints to correct certain deficiencies. Additionally on August 18, 2011, a tenth Jane Doe plaintiff and two additional John Doe spouses filed a complaint in the Orange County Superior Court (Docket No. 30-2011-501448-CU-PL-CXC), again with identical allegations against the same defendants. On January 18, 2012, three additional Jane Doe plaintiffs and one additional John Doe spouse filed a complaint in the Orange County Superior Court (Docket No. 30-2012-00538423-CU-PL-CXC) with identical allegations against the same defendants. On April 11, 2012, the above-referenced cases were consolidated for all purposes, excluding trial. On May 2, 2012, plaintiffs filed a master consolidated complaint, with the same case number as the original filed complaint. On August 2, 2012, plaintiffs filed fictitious name amendments adding defendants, Mel Silverstein, M.D., Peter Chen, M.D., Lisa Guerrera, M.D., Ralph Mackintosh, Ph.D., Robert Dillman, M.D., and Jack Cox. On September 14, 2012, an additional Jane Doe plaintiff and John Doe spouse filed a complaint in the Orange County Superior Court (Docket No. 30-2012-00598740-CU-PL-CXC) with identical allegations as plaintiffs above against the same original defendants. On October 17, 2012, plaintiff John Doe No. 11 dismissed his complaint, with prejudice, as to all defendants. On November 26, 2012, plaintiffs filed an additional fictitious name amendment adding defendant, American Ceramic Technology, Inc. On January 15, 2013, plaintiffs filed a dismissal, with prejudice, as to defendant, Mel Silverstein, M.D., only. On May 28, 2013, plaintiffs filed an additional fictitious name amendment adding defendant, American Ceramic Technology. On July 11, 2013, American Ceramic Technology filed a cross-complaint for express and implied indemnity, apportionment, contribution and declaratory relief against all defendants. On October 24, 2013, plaintiff’s filed an amended master consolidated complaint. On January 17, 2014, Ralph Mackintosh, Ph.D., Robert Dillman, M.D., Jack Cox, and Hoag Memorial Hospital Presbyterian each filed a cross-complaint for equitable indemnity, contribution and declaratory relief against American

113

Ceramic Technology. It is alleged that each Jane Doe plaintiff was a patient who was treated with the Axxent Electronic Brachytherapy System that incorporated the Axxent Flexishield Mini. The Company believes that all of the Jane Doe plaintiffs were part of the group of 29 patients treated using the Axxent Flexishield Mini as part of a clinical trial. The Axxent Flexishield Mini was the subject of a voluntary recall. These claims are still in the early stages. Based upon our preliminary analysis, the Company plans to vigorously defend the lawsuits however a loss is reasonably possible. Since the amount of the potential damages in the event of an adverse result is not reasonably estimable, we are unable to estimate a range of loss and no expense has been recorded with respect to the contingent liability associated with this matter.

(8) Quarterly Financial Data (unaudited in thousands, except per share data)

	Net sales		Gross profit		Net loss			Loss per share available to common stockholders			Weighted average number of shares outstanding
2013
First quarter	$	7,930	$	5,648	$	(727	)		($0.07	)		10,820
Second quarter		7,712		5,222	$	(1,882	)		($0.17	)		10,836
Third quarter		8,290		5,926	$	(589	)		($0.05	)		10,849
Fourth quarter		9,135		6,289	$	(4,410	)		($0.41	)		10,863
2012
First quarter	$	6,343	$	4,427	$	(2,264	)		($0.21	)		10,776
Second quarter		5,931		4,169		(2,943	)		($0.27	)		10,794
Third quarter		8,183		5,882		(1,465	)		($0.14	)		10,805
Fourth quarter		7,818		5,553		(2,702	)		($0.25	)		10,808

114

EX-21

EXHIBIT 21

Subsidiaries of iCAD, Inc.

Name	Jurisdiction of Incorporation/Organization
Xoft, Inc.	Delaware

EX-23.1

EXHIBIT 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

iCAD, Inc.

Nashua, New Hampshire

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference into the Registration Statements of iCAD, Inc. and subsidiary on Forms S-8, (No. 333-187660, 33-72534, No. 333-99973, No. 333-119509, No. 333-139023, No. 333-144671 and No. 333-161959), and on Form S-3, (No. 333-169716, 333-176777 and 333-178952), of our report dated February 28, 2014, relating to the consolidated financial statements of iCAD, Inc. and subsidiary appearing in this Annual Report on Form10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013.

/s/ BDO USA, LLP

Boston, Massachusetts

February 28, 2014

EX-31.1

EXHIBIT 31.1

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER

I, Kenneth Ferry, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 of iCAD, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and;

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 28, 2014	/s/ Kenneth Ferry
	Kenneth Ferry
	President and Chief Executive Officer

EX-31.2

EXHIBIT 31.2

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER

I, Kevin C. Burns, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 of iCAD, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and;

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 28, 2014
	/s/ Kevin C. Burns
	Kevin C. Burns
	Chief Operating Officer, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer

EX-32.1

EXHIBIT 32.1

iCAD, Inc.

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of iCAD, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 (the “Report”), I, Kenneth Ferry, the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

	/s/ Kenneth Ferry
	Kenneth Ferry
	President and Chief Executive Officer
Date: February 28, 2014

EX-32.2

EXHIBIT 32.2

iCAD, Inc.

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of iCAD, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 (the “Report”), I, Kevin C. Burns, the Executive Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

	/s/ Kevin C. Burns
	Kevin C. Burns
	Chief Operating Officer, Executive Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer
Date: February 28, 2014

XML

Accrued Expenses - Accrued Expenses (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Payables And Accruals [Abstract]
Accrued salary and related expenses	$ 2,020	$ 2,112
Accrued accounts payable	1,012	528
Accrued professional fees	284	303
Accrued short term settlement costs	221	721
Other accrued expenses	216	425
Deferred rent	46	53
Accrued Expenses Total	$ 3,799	$ 4,142

XML

Commitment and Contingencies - Schedule of Future Minimum Lease Payments (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013
Commitments And Contingencies Disclosure [Abstract]
2014	$ 145
2015	145
2016	97
subtotal minimum lease obligation	387
less interest	(24)
Total, net	363
less current portion	(128)
long term portion	$ 235

XML

Income Taxes - Deferred Tax Assets (Liabilities) (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]
Inventory (Section 263A)	$ 233	$ 298
Inventory reserves	156	182
Receivable reserves	29	52
Other accruals	938	1,159
Deferred revenue	1,256	897
Accumulated depreciation/amortization	(2)	179
Stock options	2,070	1,808
Developed technology	(3,464)	(3,915)
Tax credits	2,176	1,698
NOL carryforward	34,059	34,288
Net deferred tax assets	37,451	36,646
Valuation allowance	(37,451)	(36,646)
Deferred tax assets, Total

XML

Quarterly Financial Data - Quarterly Financial Data (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Sep. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Sep. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2012	Mar. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Quarterly Financial Information Disclosure [Abstract]
Net sales	$ 9,135	$ 8,290	$ 7,712	$ 7,930	$ 7,818	$ 8,183	$ 5,931	$ 6,343	$ 33,067	$ 28,275	$ 28,652
Gross profit	6,289	5,926	5,222	5,648	5,553	5,882	4,169	4,427	23,085	20,031	20,027
Net loss	$ (4,410)	$ (589)	$ (1,882)	$ (727)	$ (2,702)	$ (1,465)	$ (2,943)	$ (2,264)	$ (7,608)	$ (9,374)	$ (37,587)
Loss per share available to common stockholders	$ (0.41)	$ (0.05)	$ (0.17)	$ (0.07)	$ (0.25)	$ (0.14)	$ (0.27)	$ (0.21)
Weighted average number of shares outstanding	10,863	10,849	10,836	10,820	10,808	10,805	10,794	10,776

XML

Income Taxes - Components of Income Tax Expense (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Current provision (benefit):
Federal
State	126	43	76
Total	$ 126	$ 43	$ 76

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Schedule of Fair Value of Warrants (Detail) (Warrants [Member], USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Warrants [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Exercise price	$ 3.50	$ 3.50
Volatility	56.20%	82.40%
Equivalent term (years)	4 years	5 years
Risk-free interest rate	1.30%	0.80%

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013 Segment	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Business segment	2
Maturity for cash and cash equivalents	90 days
Insurance coverage	$ 250,000
Interest-bearing amounts on deposit in excess of federally	11,400,000
Impairment losses on long lived assets	0	0	0
Amortization expense related to intangible assets	1,724,000	1,904,000	2,094,000
Percentage of discount derived from capital asset pricing model	25.00%
Long term warranty obligations	8,000	10,000	13,000
Advertising expense	639,000	762,000	938,000
Contingent consideration liability	0	0		5,000,000
Warrants issued	550,000
Exercise price of warrants	3.50
Goodwill impairment			$ 26,828,000
Detection [Member]
Percentage of fair value of each reporting unit	362.00%
Therapy [Member]
Percentage of fair value of each reporting unit	179.00%
Minimum [Member]
Estimated useful lives of the various classes of assets	3 years
Estimated useful lives of Long-lived assets	5 years
Maximum [Member]
Estimated useful lives of the various classes of assets	5 years
Estimated useful lives of Long-lived assets	10 years

XML

Segment Reporting, Geographical Information and Major Customers - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $)	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Sep. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Sep. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2012	Mar. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2013 Segment Customer	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Schedule Of Geographical Information [Line Items]
Number of reporting segments									2
Total Export Sales	$ 9,135,000	$ 8,290,000	$ 7,712,000	$ 7,930,000	$ 7,818,000	$ 8,183,000	$ 5,931,000	$ 6,343,000	$ 33,067,000	$ 28,275,000	$ 28,652,000
Percentage of export sales to any single country									10.00%
Number of major customers									1
Total revenue									5,600,000
GE Healthcare [Member]
Schedule Of Geographical Information [Line Items]
Percentage of receivables									7.00%
Two Customers [Member]
Schedule Of Geographical Information [Line Items]
Outstanding receivables	3,100,000								3,100,000
Oem [Member]
Schedule Of Geographical Information [Line Items]
Percentage of receivables									17.00%
Six Customers [Member]
Schedule Of Geographical Information [Line Items]
Outstanding receivables	4,400,000								4,400,000
Intersegment Eliminations [Member]
Schedule Of Geographical Information [Line Items]
Total Export Sales									0
Sales [Member] | GE Healthcare [Member]
Schedule Of Geographical Information [Line Items]
Total revenue									3,700,000	4,500,000	6,800,000
Percentage of receivables									11.00%	16.00%	24.00%
Sales [Member] | Four Customers [Member]
Schedule Of Geographical Information [Line Items]
Percentage of receivables									26.00%
Sales [Member] | Two Customers [Member]
Schedule Of Geographical Information [Line Items]
Percentage of receivables									17.00%
Sales [Member] | Detection [Member] | Four Customers [Member]
Schedule Of Geographical Information [Line Items]
Percentage of receivables									51.00%
Sales [Member] | Cancer Therapy [Member] | Two Customers [Member]
Schedule Of Geographical Information [Line Items]
Percentage of receivables									35.00%
Accounts Receivable [Member] | GE Healthcare [Member]
Schedule Of Geographical Information [Line Items]
Outstanding receivables	500,000								500,000
Accounts Receivable [Member] | Two Customers [Member]
Schedule Of Geographical Information [Line Items]
Percentage of receivables									41.00%
Accounts Receivable [Member] | Oem [Member]
Schedule Of Geographical Information [Line Items]
Outstanding receivables	1,300,000								1,300,000
Accounts Receivable [Member] | Six Customers [Member]
Schedule Of Geographical Information [Line Items]
Percentage of receivables									58.00%
Foreign [Member]
Schedule Of Geographical Information [Line Items]
Total Export Sales									1,900,000	2,900,000	1,800,000
Percentage of export sales of total sale									6.00%	10.00%	6.00%
Outstanding receivables	$ 300,000				$ 800,000				$ 300,000	$ 800,000

XML

Stockholders' Equity - Share Based Compensation Shares Authorized under Stock Option Plans Exercisable at (Detail) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011 Range One [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Range Two [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Range Three [Member]
Share-based Compensation, Shares Authorized under Stock Option Plans, Exercise Price Range [Line Items]
Option Shares	679,716	485,553	743,910
Price range per share, lower limit	$ 2.80	$ 2.00	$ 2.00
Price range per share, upper limit	$ 26.4	$ 26.4	$ 26.4
Weighted average exercise price	$ 12.40	$ 7.06	$ 5.09

XML

Financing Arrangements - Amount Related to Facility and Revenue Purchase Agreements (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Credit Facility [Line Items]
Less current portion of Facility Agreement	$ (3,750)
Notes payable long-term portion	11,770	14,846
Facility Agreement [Member]
Credit Facility [Line Items]
Principal Amount of Facility Agreement	15,000	15,000
Unamortized discount	(3,116)	(4,196)
Carrying amount of Facility Agreement	11,884	10,804
Revenue Purchase Agreement [Member]
Credit Facility [Line Items]
Unamortized discount	(4,100)
Carrying amount of Facility Agreement	$ 3,636	$ 4,042

XML

Commitment and Contingencies - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $)	1 Months Ended	12 Months Ended			1 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Aug. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012 Lease	Dec. 31, 2011	Feb. 28, 2010 CADx Medical Systems Inc. [Member]	Jul. 31, 2007 CADx Medical Systems Inc. [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Nashua [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Fairborn Ohio [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 California [Member]
Loss Contingencies [Line Items]
Lease obligations			4
Term of lease							5 years	3 years 3 months
Annual base rent for the first year		$ 145,000					$ 181,764
Rent for the second year		145,000					187,272
Rent for the third year		97,000					192,780
Rent for the fourth year							198,288
Rent for the fifth year							203,796
Additional period to extend term of lease							5 years
Amount of rental per year								43,650
Additional period of renewal the lease								3 years
Operating lease, annual base rent, first year		500							248,376
Operating lease, annual rent, second year		482							260,064
Operating lease, annual rent, third year		490							271,752
Operating lease, annual rent, fourth year		255							283,440
Operating lease, annual rent, fifth year									295,140
Rent expense		697,000	799,000	957,000
Capital lease agreement amount	409,000
Capital lease agreement interest percentage	3.99%
Capital lease amount payable for bargain purchase option	1
Non-cancelable purchase orders		1,400,000
Tax re-assessment received						6,800,000
Reduced tax re-assessment received					703,000
Minimum annual royalty payment		250,000
Fair value of patent license		100,000
Patent license, Estimated Amortizable Life		4 years
Minimum royalty obligations		800,000
Estimated value of liability		700,000
June 2015		500,000
June 2017		500,000
Litigation and settlement obligation, Total		$ 1,000,000

XML

Income Taxes - Summary of Effective And the Federal Statutory Income Tax Rate (Detail)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]
Federal statutory rate	34.00%	34.00%	34.00%
State income taxes, net of federal benefit	2.30%	4.00%	1.80%
Net state impact of deferred rate change	0.10%	0.10%	0.20%
Stock compensation expense	(2.00%)	(1.80%)	(0.40%)
Goodwill impairment	0.00%	0.00%	(24.30%)
Contingent consideration	0.00%	0.00%	4.40%
Other permanent differences	(11.70%)	(2.40%)	(0.50%)
Change in valuation allowance	(27.60%)	(34.40%)	(15.60%)
Other	3.30%	0.00%	0.40%
Effective income tax	(1.60%)	(0.50%)	0.00%

XML

Financing Arrangements

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Debt Disclosure [Abstract]

Financing Arrangements

(2) Financing Arrangements

On December 29, 2011, the Company entered into several agreements with entities affiliated with Deerfield Management, a healthcare investment fund (“Deerfield”), pursuant to which Deerfield agreed to provide $15 million in funding to the Company. Pursuant to the terms of a Facility Agreement, dated as of December 29, 2011 (the “Facility Agreement”), on January 9, 2012 (the “Funding Date”), the Company issued to Deerfield promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount of $15 million (the “Notes”). Under a Revenue Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 29, 2011 (the “Revenue Purchase Agreement”), the Company agreed to pay Deerfield a portion of the Company’s revenue until the maturity date of the Notes, whether or not the Notes are outstanding through that date. On the Funding Date, the Company issued to Deerfield (i) six-year warrants to purchase up to 450,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $3.50 per share and (ii) a second Warrant (the “B Warrant”) to purchase an additional 100,000 shares of common stock at a exercise price of $3.50 per share, which may become exercisable if certain conditions are met, as described below. Collectively, these transactions are referred to as the “Transactions.” In January, 2012, the Company received net proceeds of $14,325,000 from the Transactions, representing $15,000,000 of gross proceeds, less a $225,000 facility fee and a $450,000 finders fee before deducting other expenses of the Transactions.

Facility Agreement

Under the terms of the Facility Agreement, the Company issued the Notes in the aggregate principal amount of $15 million. The Notes bear interest at an annual rate of 5.75%. The maturity date of the Notes is the fifth anniversary of the date of the Facility Agreement, unless the Company notifies the lenders prior to the fourth anniversary of the date of the Facility Agreement that the Company will exercise its option to extend the maturity date for another year, in which case the maturity date will be the sixth anniversary of the date of the Facility Agreement. The Company must pay 25% of the original principal amount of the Notes on each of the third and fourth anniversaries of the date of the Facility Agreement and 50% of such principal amount on the fifth anniversary of the date of the Facility Agreement. If, however, the final payment date is extended to the sixth anniversary of the date of the Facility Agreement, then the Company must pay 25% of the principal amount on each of the fifth and sixth anniversaries of the date of the Facility Agreement. There is no penalty for prepayment and the Notes are due on the earlier of the final payment date or an event of default. Deerfield has the option to require the Company to repay the Notes if the Company completes a major transaction, which includes, but is not limited to, a merger or sale of the Company.

Security Agreement

In connection with the Facility Agreement, on the Funding Date, Deerfield and each of the Company and Xoft,, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, entered into Security Agreements on the Funding Date (the “Security Agreements”), pursuant to which each of the Company and Xoft has granted to Deerfield a security interest in substantially all of their respective assets, including their respective intellectual property, accounts, receivables, equipment, general intangibles, inventory and investment property, and all of the proceeds and products of the foregoing.

Revenue Purchase Agreement

In connection with the Facility Agreement, the Company entered into a Revenue Purchase Agreement with Deerfield Private Design Fund II, L.P. and Deerfield Special Situations Fund, L.P. and Horizon Sante TTNP SARL (these entities collectively referred to as the “Purchasers”). Pursuant to the Revenue Purchase Agreement, the Purchasers paid the Company $4,107,900, in the form of an original issue discount from the $15.0 million Facility agreement, in exchange for the Purchasers’ right to receive a percentage of the Company’s revenue. For the first three quarters of each fiscal year during the term of the Revenue Purchase Agreement, the Company must pay to the Purchasers the greater of the applicable percentage of revenue for such quarter and the applicable quarterly minimum, which is $125,000 per quarter. In the final quarter of each calendar year during the term of the Revenue Purchase Agreement, the Company must pay to the Purchasers the amount equal to the difference between the greater of the applicable percentage of revenue for the applicable calendar year and the applicable annual minimum of $500,000 minus the aggregate revenue participation payments the Company made for the first three quarters of the applicable year. If the Company extends the maturity date of the Facility Agreement, then the Company must pay the Purchasers the revenue payments through 2017. The applicable percentage for the calendar years 2012, 2013 and 2014 are 4.25% of revenue up to $25 million in annual revenue for the calendar year, 2.75% of revenue from $25 million in annual revenue up to $50 million in annual revenue for such calendar year and 1.0% of revenue in excess of $50 million in annual revenue for such calendar year. The applicable percentage for the calendar years 2015, 2016, and, if applicable, 2017, are 4.25% of revenue up to $25 million in annual revenue for such calendar year, 2.25% of revenue from $25 million up to $50 million in annual revenue for such calendar year and 1.0% of revenue in excess of $50 million in annual revenue for such calendar year. Additionally, if the Company sells assets in excess of $500,000 in the aggregate during the term of the Revenue Purchase Agreement, the proceeds of which are not recorded as revenue in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, the Company must pay the Purchasers certain percentages of the gross proceeds of any such asset sale. The percentage of any such payment varies with the total amount of the gross proceeds and when the asset sale takes place.

Warrant to Purchase Common Stock and Registration Rights Agreement

In connection with the Transactions, on the Funding Date, the Company issued to Deerfield six-year warrants to purchase an aggregate of 550,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $3.50 per share (the “Warrants”). On the Funding Date, the Warrants to purchase 450,000 shares of the Company’s common stock became immediately exercisable. If the Company extends the maturity date of the Facility Agreement, the 100,000 shares of common stock underlying the B Warrants will become exercisable. The B Warrants will become exercisable on the first business day following the four year anniversary of the date of the Facility Agreement. The B Warrants shall otherwise have the same terms, including exercise price and expiration date, as the Warrants. The exercise price may be paid, at the election of the holder, in cash, by a reduction of the principal amount of the holder’s Note outstanding under the Facility Agreement or, pursuant to certain cashless exercise provisions. If the Company declares and pays dividends or makes other distributions to the holders of its common stock, the holders of the Warrants are entitled to receive the dividends or distributions as if the holders had exercised the Warrants and held common stock. All Warrants issued under the Facility Agreement expire on the six year anniversary of the Funding Date and contain certain limitations that prevent the holder from acquiring shares upon exercise of a Warrant that would result in the number of shares beneficially owned by it to exceed 9.985% of the total number of shares of the Company’s common stock then issued and outstanding. Upon certain change of control transactions, or upon certain “events of default” (as defined in the Warrants), each holder has the right to net exercise the Warrants for an amount of shares of the Company’s common stock equal to the Black-Scholes value of the shares issuable under the terms of the Warrants divided by 95% of the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the day immediately prior to the consummation of such change of control or event of default, as applicable. In certain circumstances where a Warrant or portion of a Warrant is not net exercised in connection with a change of control or event of default, the holder will be paid an amount in cash equal to the Black-Scholes value of such portion of the Warrant not treated as a net exercise.

In connection with the Transactions, the Company entered into a registration rights agreement with Deerfield, pursuant to which the Company agreed to register for resale all of the shares issuable under the Warrants upon exercise or otherwise, including the B Warrants. The Company is required to use its commercially reasonable best efforts to have the registration statement declared effective as soon as practicable (but in no event later than sixty (60) days after the Funding Date). The Company completed the registration statement and it was declared effective on January 20, 2012.

The Company is required to file additional registration statements to register the resale of any shares underlying warrants which are not included in the registration statement. The Company’s registration obligations terminate on the earlier of (i) the date on which all of the shares of common stock covered by an applicable registration statement have been sold or (ii) the date on which all of such shares (in the opinion of counsel to Deerfield) may be immediately sold to the public (other than pursuant to a Cash Exercise (as defined in the Warrants)) without registration or restriction (including without limitation as to volume by each holder thereof) under the Securities Act.

The maximum number of shares of common stock the Company may issue under the Transactions may not exceed 19.9% of the Company’s outstanding stock immediately prior to the Transactions.

The sale of the Warrants was exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). The Warrants and the securities to be issued upon exercise of the Warrants have not been registered under the Securities Act or state securities laws and may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration with the SEC or an applicable exemption from the registration requirements.

The Company has determined that the Facility Agreement will be accounted for as debt pursuant to ASC 470, Debt (“ASC 470”). The Facility Agreement had an original issue discount of approximately $4.1 million which was assigned to the Revenue Purchase Agreement and an additional value allocated to the warrants of approximately $1.0 million. The original issue discount is being accreted to the $15.0 million face value of the Note on the effective interest method with an effective interest rate of 17.35% based on the discount of approximately $5.1 million.

The original issue discount of approximately $4.1 million was assigned to the Revenue Purchase Agreement. Under this agreement, the Company is obligated to pay 4.25% of revenue up to $25 million, 2.75% of annual revenue from $25 million to $50 million during 2013 and 2014, and 2.25% of annual revenue during 2015, 2016 and if the Facility Agreement is extended, in 2017, and 1.0% of annual revenue in excess of $50 million. The proceeds of the Revenue Purchase Agreement will be capitalized as debt in accordance with ASC 470-10-25, “Sales of Future Revenues or Various Other Measures of Income”. Expected revenue related payments under this agreement are included as interest expense in the period incurred. The repayment of the $4.1 million original issue discount capitalized as debt will be amortized as a reduction of interest expense over the term of the arrangement. The effective amortization rate of the repayment is approximately 28.8% which is calculated based on the expected cash outflows over the term of the arrangement.

The overall effective interest rate of the financing arrangement, which excludes future changes in the fair value of the warrants, is currently estimated to be approximately 19%.

The Company determined the Warrants should be classified as debt in accordance with ASC 480, “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity”, as the Warrants contain a feature whereby the Company could be required to redeem the Warrants for cash upon the occurrence of a major transaction, as defined in the Warrants. The value of the Warrants was determined using a binomial lattice model as the provisions in the Warrant could not be valued using the Black-Scholes model. The Warrant is being valued at fair value at each reporting period with changes in fair value recorded in the consolidated statement of operations.

The Company has determined that the B Warrant did not have any value as of the Funding Date, as the B Warrant is exercisable upon the Company’s election to extend the Facility Agreement. The Company does not plan to extend the Facility Agreement at this time. If the Company determines it will extend the Facility Agreement, the value of the “B Warrant” will be determined using the binomial lattice model at such time.

The following amounts are included in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2013 and 2013, respectively related to the Facility and Revenue Purchase agreements:

	December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012
Principal Amount of Facility Agreement	$	15,000		$	15,000
Unamortized discount		(3,116	)		(4,196	)
Carrying amount of Facility Agreement		11,884			10,804
Revenue Purchase Agreement		3,636			4,042
Less current portion of Facility Agreement		(3,750	)		—
Notes payable long-term portion	$	11,770		$	14,846

The following amounts comprise interest expense included in our consolidated statement of operations for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively:

	December 31, 2013		December 31, 2012
Cash interest expense	$	2,155	$	2,015
Non-cash amortization of debt discount		674		845
Amortization of debt costs		182		167
Amortization of settlement obligations		266		388
Total interest expense	$	3,277	$	3,415

Cash interest expense represents the amount of interest expected to be paid in cash under the agreements, which represents the interest of 5.75% on the Facility Agreement and the expected cash payments on the Revenue Purchase Agreement for the period. Non-cash amortization is the amortization of the discount on the Facility Agreement. The amortization of debt costs represents the costs incurred with the financing, which is primarily the facility fee and the finder’s fee which has been capitalized and is expensed using the effective interest method. The amortization of the settlement obligations represent the interest associated with the settlement agreements for both Zeiss and Hologic, Inc. (“Hologic”).

XML

Stockholders' Equity - Stock-Based Compensation Expense by Categories (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Employee Service Share-based Compensation, Allocation of Recognized Period Costs [Line Items]
Allocated share-based compensation expense	$ 1,202	$ 996	$ 904
Cost of Revenue [Member]
Employee Service Share-based Compensation, Allocation of Recognized Period Costs [Line Items]
Allocated share-based compensation expense	21	15	14
Engineering and Product Development [Member]
Employee Service Share-based Compensation, Allocation of Recognized Period Costs [Line Items]
Allocated share-based compensation expense	228	178	172
Marketing and Sales [Member]
Employee Service Share-based Compensation, Allocation of Recognized Period Costs [Line Items]
Allocated share-based compensation expense	273	242	224
General and Administrative Expense [Member]
Employee Service Share-based Compensation, Allocation of Recognized Period Costs [Line Items]
Allocated share-based compensation expense	$ 680	$ 561	$ 494

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Rollforward of Goodwill Activity by Reportable Segment (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified				12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2013 Detection [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Therapy [Member]
Goodwill [Line Items]
Accumulated Goodwill			$ 47,937
Fair value allocation				7,663	13,446
Accumulated impairment			(26,828)
Goodwill Balance	$ 21,109	$ 21,109	$ 21,109	$ 7,663	$ 13,446

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Schedule of Expected Amortization Expense (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Accounting Policies [Abstract]
2014	$ 1,494
2015	1,491
2016	1,485
2017	1,463
2018	1,348
Thereafter	6,393
Total amortizable intangible assets, net	$ 13,674	$ 15,230

XML

Stockholders' Equity - Options Granted Under the Company's Stock Incentive Plans, Valuation Assumptions and Fair Values (Detail) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Weighted average exercise price	$ 5.42	$ 2.43	$ 5.35
Stock Option [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Average risk-free interest rate	0.53%	0.98%	2.51%
Expected dividend yield
Expected life	3 years 6 months	3 years 6 months	3 years 6 months
Weighted average exercise price	$ 5.42	$ 2.43	$ 5.35
Weighted average fair value	$ 2.35	$ 1.17	$ 2.65
Minimum [Member] | Stock Option [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Expected volatility	57.60%	65.90%	67.00%
Maximum [Member] | Stock Option [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Expected volatility	68.90%	68.90%	69.30%

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Roll Forward of Warranty Cost (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Accounting Policies [Abstract]
Beginning accrual balance	$ 36	$ 89	$ 86
Warranty provision	96	37	107
Usage	(107)	(90)	(104)
Ending accrual balance	$ 25	$ 36	$ 89

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Calculation of Net Loss Per Share (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Sep. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Sep. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2012	Mar. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Earnings Per Share, Diluted, by Common Class, Including Two Class Method [Line Items]
Net loss available to common shareholders	$ (4,410)	$ (589)	$ (1,882)	$ (727)	$ (2,702)	$ (1,465)	$ (2,943)	$ (2,264)	$ (7,608)	$ (9,374)	$ (37,587)
Basic shares used in the calculation of earnings per share									10,842	10,796	10,910
Effect of dilutive securities:
Diluted shares used in the calculation of earnings per share									10,842	10,796	10,910
Basic									$ (0.70)	$ (0.87)	$ (3.45)
Diluted									$ (0.70)	$ (0.87)	$ (3.45)
Stock Option [Member]
Effect of dilutive securities:
Incremental common shares attributable to share-based payment arrangements
Restricted Stock [Member]
Effect of dilutive securities:
Incremental common shares attributable to share-based payment arrangements

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

(1) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

(a) Nature of Operations and Use of Estimates

iCAD, Inc. and subsidiary (the “Company” or “iCAD”) is an industry-leading provider of advanced image analysis, workflow solutions and radiation therapy for the early identification and treatment of cancer.

The Company has grown primarily through acquisitions to become a broad player in the oncology market. Its industry-leading solutions include advanced image analysis and workflow solutions that enable healthcare professionals to better serve patients by identifying pathologies and pinpointing the most prevalent cancers earlier, a comprehensive range of high-performance, upgradeable Computer-Aided Detection (CAD) systems and workflow solutions for mammography, MRI and CT, and the Xoft eBx system which is an isotope-free cancer treatment platform technology. CAD is reimbursable in the U.S. under federal and most third-party insurance programs.

The Company intends to continue the extension of its image analysis and clinical decision support solutions for mammography, MRI and CT imaging. iCAD believes that advances in digital imaging techniques should bolster its efforts to develop additional commercially viable CAD/advanced image analysis and workflow products. The Company’s belief is that early detection in combination with earlier targeted intervention will provide patients and care providers with the best tools available to achieve better clinical outcomes resulting in a market demand that will drive top line growth.

The Company’s headquarters are located in Nashua, New Hampshire, with manufacturing and contract manufacturing facilities in New Hampshire and Massachusetts, a research and development facility in Ohio and, and, an operation, research, development, manufacturing and warehousing facility in San Jose, California.

The Company operates in two segments, Cancer Detection (“Detection”) and Cancer Therapy (“Therapy”). The Detection segment consists of our advanced image analysis and workflow products, and the Therapy segment consists of our radiation therapy (“Axxent”) products. The Company sells its products throughout the world through its direct sales organization as well as through various OEM partners, distributors and resellers. See Note 6 for segment, major customer and geographical information.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. It is reasonably possible that changes may occur in the near term that would affect management’s estimates with respect to assets and liabilities.

(b) Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiary, Xoft, Inc. All material inter-company transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

(c) Cash and cash equivalents

For purposes of reporting cash flows, the Company defines cash and cash equivalents as all bank accounts, money market funds, deposits and other money market instruments with original maturities of 90 days or less, which are unrestricted as to withdrawal. Cash and cash equivalents are maintained at financial institutions and, at times, balances may exceed federally insured limits. The Company has never experienced any losses related to these balances. Insurance coverage is $250,000 per depositor at each financial institution, and the Company’s non-interest bearing cash balances exceed federally insured limits. Interest-bearing amounts on deposit in excess of federally insured limits at December 31, 2013 approximated $11.4 million.

(d) Financial instruments

Financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, notes payable and warrants. Due to their short term nature and market rates of interest, the carrying amounts of the financial instruments approximated fair value as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, with the exception of warrants. The fair value of warrants is more fully described in Note 1(r).

(e) Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Accounts receivable are customer obligations due under normal trade terms. Credit limits are established through a process of reviewing the financial history and stability of each customer. The Company performs continuing credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition and generally does not require collateral.

The Company’s policy is to maintain allowances for estimated losses from the inability of its customers to make required payments. The Company’s senior management reviews accounts receivable on a periodic basis to determine if any receivables may potentially be uncollectible. The Company includes any accounts receivable balances that it determines may likely be uncollectible, along with a general reserve for estimated probable losses based on historical experience, in its overall allowance for doubtful accounts. An amount would be written off against the allowance after all attempts to collect the receivable had failed. Based on the information available, the Company believes the allowance for doubtful accounts as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 is adequate.

(f) Inventory

Inventory is valued at the lower of cost or market value, with cost determined by the first-in, first-out method. The Company regularly reviews inventory quantities on hand and records an allowance for excess and/or obsolete inventory primarily based upon the estimated usage of its inventory as well as other factors. At December 31, 2013 and 2012 respectively inventories consisted of the following (in thousands):

	As of December 31,
	2013		2012
Raw materials	$	581	$	878
Work in process		38		47
Finished Goods		1,272		1,194
Inventory	$	1,891	$	2,119

(g) Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the various classes of assets (ranging from 3 to 5 years) or the remaining lease term, whichever is shorter for leasehold improvements.

(h) Long Lived Assets

Long-lived assets, other than goodwill, are evaluated for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable through the estimated undiscounted future cash flows from the use of these assets. When any such impairment exists, the related assets are written down to fair value. The Company did not record any impairment losses in the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 or 2011.

Intangible assets subject to amortization consist primarily of patents, technology, and trade names purchased in the Company’s previous acquisitions. These assets, which include assets acquired from Xoft, Inc., are amortized on a straight-line basis or the pattern of economic benefit over their estimated useful lives of 5 to 10 years. A summary of intangible assets for 2013 and 2012 are as follows (in thousands):

	2013		2012		Weighted average useful life
Gross Carrying Amount
Patents and licenses	$	737	$	693	5 years
Technology		25,157		25,033	10 years
Tradename		248		248	10 years
Total amortizable intangible assets		26,142		25,974
Accumulated Amortization
Patents and licenses	$	471	$	433
Technology		11,749		10,088
Tradename		248		223
Total accumulated amortization		12,468		10,744
Total amortizable intangible assets, net	$	13,674	$	15,230

Amortization expense related to intangible assets was approximately $1,724, $1,904 and $2,094 for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively. Estimated remaining amortization of the Company’s intangible assets is as follows (in thousands):

For the years ended December 31:	Estimated amortization expense
2014	$	1,494
2015		1,491
2016		1,485
2017		1,463
2018		1,348
Thereafter		6,393
	$	13,674

(i) Goodwill

In accordance with FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 350-20, “Intangibles - Goodwill and Other”, (“ASC 350-20”), the Company tests goodwill for impairment on an annual basis and between annual tests if events and circumstances indicate it is more likely than not that the fair value of the Company is less than the carrying value of the Company.

Factors the Company considers important, which could trigger an impairment of such asset, include the following:

• significant underperformance relative to historical or projected future operating results;

• significant changes in the manner or use of the assets or the strategy for the Company’s overall business;

• significant negative industry or economic trends;

• significant decline in the Company’s stock price for a sustained period; and

• a decline in the Company’s market capitalization below net book value.

In June 2013, the Company determined that it had two reporting units and two reportable segments based on the information provided to the Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”). Goodwill was allocated to the reporting units based on the relative fair value of the reporting units as of June 2013.

The Company performed an annual impairment assessment at October 1, 2013 based on the new reporting structure and compared the fair value of each of reporting unit to its carrying value as of this date. Fair value of each reporting unit exceeded the carry value by approximately 362% for the Detection reporting unit and 179% for the Therapy reporting unit. The carrying values of the reporting units were determined based on an allocation of our assets and liabilities through specific allocation of certain assets and liabilities, to the reporting units and an apportionment based on the relative size of the reporting units’ revenues and operating expenses compared to the Company as a whole. The determination of reporting units also requires management judgment.

The Company would record an impairment charge if such an assessment were to indicate that the fair value of a reporting unit was less than the carrying value. In evaluating potential impairments outside of the annual measurement date, judgment is required in determining whether an event has occurred that may impair the value of goodwill or intangible assets. The Company utilizes either discounted cash flow models or other valuation models, such as comparative transactions and market multiples, to determine the fair value of our reporting unit. The Company makes assumptions about future cash flows, future operating plans, discount rates, comparable companies, market multiples, purchase price premiums and other factors in those models. Different assumptions and judgment determinations could yield different conclusions that would result in an impairment charge to income in the period that such change or determination was made.

The Company determined the fair values for each reporting unit using a weighting of the income approach and the market approach. For purposes of the income approach, fair value is determined based on the present value of estimated future cash flows, discounted at an appropriate risk adjusted rate. The Company used internal forecasts to estimate future cash flows and includes an estimate of long-term future growth rates based on the most recent views of the long-term forecast for each segment. Accordingly, actual results can differ from those assumed in the forecasts. The discount rate of approximately 25% is derived from a capital asset pricing model and analyzing published rates for industries relevant to the reporting units to estimate the cost of equity financing. The Company uses discount rates that are commensurate with the risks and uncertainty inherent in the respective businesses and in the internally developed forecasts.

In the market approach, the Company uses a valuation technique in which values are derived based on market prices of publicly traded companies with similar operating characteristics and industries. A market approach allows for comparison to actual market transactions and multiples. It can be somewhat limited in its application because the population of potential comparable publicly-traded companies can be limited due to differing characteristics of the comparative business and ours, as well as market data may not be available for divisions within larger conglomerates or non-public subsidiaries that could otherwise qualify as comparable, and the specific circumstances surrounding a market transaction (e.g., synergies between the parties, terms and conditions of the transaction, etc.) may be different or irrelevant with respect to the business.

The Company corroborated the total fair values of the reporting units using a market capitalization approach; however, this approach cannot be used to determine the fair value of each reporting unit value. The blend of the income approach and market approach is more closely aligned to the business profile of the Company, including markets served and products available. In addition, required rates of return, along with uncertainties inherent in the forecast of future cash flows, are reflected in the selection of the discount rate. In addition, under the blended approach, reasonably likely scenarios and associated sensitivities can be developed for alternative future states that may not be reflected in an observable market price. The Company will assess each valuation methodology based upon the relevance and availability of the data at the time the valuation is performed and weight the methodologies appropriately.

A rollforward of goodwill activity by reportable segment is as follows:

	Detection		Therapy		Total
Accumulated Goodwill	$	—	$	—	$	47,937
Accumulated impairment		—		—		(26,828	)
Balance at December 31, 2011		—		—		21,109
Balance at December 31, 2012		—		—		21,109
Fair value allocation		7,663		13,446		—
Balance at December 31, 2013	$	7,663	$	13,446	$	21,109

(j) Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue primarily from the sale of products and from the sale of services and supplies. Revenue is recognized when delivery has occurred, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, fees are fixed or determinable and collectability is probable. For product revenue, delivery has occurred upon shipment provided title and risk of loss has passed to the customer. Services and supplies revenue are considered to be delivered as the services are performed or over the period of the supply agreement.

The Company recognizes revenue from the sale of its digital, film-based CAD and electronic brachytherapy products and services in accordance FASB ASC Update No. 2009-13, “Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements” (“ASU 2009-13”) and ASC Update No. 2009-14, “Certain Arrangements That Contain Software Elements”, (“ASU 2009-14”) and ASC 985-605 “Software”. Revenue for the sale of certain CAD products is recognized in accordance with ASC 840 (“Leases”) (“ASC 840”). Revenue related to certain arrangements was recognized in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 605-35 “Revenue Recognition - Construction-Type and Production-Type Contracts” (“ASC 605-35”). For multiple element arrangements, revenue is allocated to all deliverables based on their relative selling prices. In such circumstances, a hierarchy is used to determine the selling price to be used for allocating revenue to deliverables as follows: (i) vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value (“VSOE”), (ii) third-party evidence of selling price (“TPE”), and (iii) best estimate of the selling price (“BESP”). VSOE generally exists only when the deliverable is sold separately and is the price actually charged for that deliverable. The process for determining BESP for deliverables without VSOE or TPE considers multiple factors including relative selling prices; competitive prices in the marketplace, and management judgment, however, these may vary depending upon the unique facts and circumstances related to each deliverable.

Evidence of an arrangement is determined by the use of customer purchase orders that are subject to the Company’s terms and conditions or, in the case of an Original Equipment Manufacturer (“OEM”) the arrangement would be governed by the applicable distribution agreement. In accordance with the applicable distribution agreements, the OEM does not have a right of return, and title and risk of loss passes to the OEM upon shipment. The Company generally ships Free On Board shipping point and uses shipping documents and third-party proof of delivery to verify delivery and transfer of title. In addition, the Company assesses whether collection is probable by considering a number of factors, including past transaction history with the customer and the creditworthiness of the customer, as obtained from third party credit references.

If the terms of the sale include customer acceptance provisions and compliance with those provisions cannot be demonstrated, all revenue is deferred and not recognized until such acceptance occurs. The Company considers all relevant facts and circumstances in determining when to recognize revenue, including contractual obligations to the customer, the customer’s post-delivery acceptance provisions, if any, and the installation process.

The Company has determined that iCAD’s Digital, MRI and film based sales generally follow the guidance of FASB ASC Topic 605 “Revenue Recognition” (ASC 605”) as the software has been considered essential to the functionality of the product per the guidance of ASU 2009-14. Typically, the responsibility for the installation process lies with the OEM partner. On occasion, when iCAD is responsible for product installation, the installation element is considered a separate unit of accounting because the delivered product has stand-alone value to the customer. In these instances, the Company allocates the deliverables based on the framework established within ASU 2009-13. Therefore, the installation and training revenue is recognized as the services are performed according to the BESP of the element. Revenue from the Digital, MRI and film based equipment when there is installation is recognized based on the relative selling price allocation of the BESP.

Revenue from the Company’s MRI products is recognized in accordance with ASC 985-605 “Software”. Sales of this product include third-party OEM support, and the Company has established VSOE for this element based on substantive renewal rates for support as specified in the agreement. Product revenue is determined based on the residual value in the arrangement, and is recognized when delivered. Revenue for third-party support is deferred and recognized over the support period which is typically on an annual basis.

Sales of the Company’s electronic brachytherapy product typically include a controller, accessories, and service and source agreements. The Company allocates revenue to the deliverables in the arrangement based on the BESP in accordance with ASU 2009-13. Product revenue is generally recognized when the product has been delivered and service and source revenue is typically recognized over the life of the service and source agreement.

The Company defers revenue from the sale of service contracts related to future periods and recognizes revenue on a straight-line basis in accordance with ASC Topic 605-20, “Services”. The Company provides for estimated warranty costs on original product warranties at the time of sale.

(k) Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue consists of the costs of products purchased for resale, cost relating to service including costs of service contracts to maintain equipment after the warranty period, inbound freight and duty, manufacturing, warehousing, material movement, inspection, scrap, rework, depreciation and in-house product warranty repairs, amortization of acquired technology and in 2013, the newly enacted Medical Device Tax.

(l) Warranty Costs

The Company provides for the estimated cost of standard product warranty against defects in material and workmanship based on historical warranty trends, including in the volume and cost of product returns during the warranty period. Warranty provisions and claims for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, were as follows:

	2013			2012			2011
Beginning accrual balance	$	36		$	89		$	86
Warranty provision		96			37			107
Usage		(107	)		(90	)		(104	)
Ending accrual balance	$	25		$	36		$	89

The warranty costs above include long-term warranty obligations of $8,000, $10,000 and $13,000 for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2013 and 2011, respectively.

(m) Engineering and Product Development Costs

Engineering and product development costs relate to research and development efforts including Company sponsored clinical trials which are expensed as incurred.

(n) Advertising Costs

The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. Advertising expense for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was approximately $639,000, $762,000 and $938,000 respectively.

(o) Net Loss per Common Share

The Company follows FASB ASC 260-10, “Earnings per Share”, which requires the presentation of both basic and diluted earnings per share on the face of the statements of operations. The Company’s basic net loss per share is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the period and, if there are dilutive securities, diluted income per share is computed by including common stock equivalents which includes shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options, net of shares assumed to have been purchased with the proceeds, using the treasury stock method.

A summary of the Company’s calculation of net loss per share is as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):

	2013			2012			2011
Net loss available to common shareholders	$	(7,608	)	$	(9,374	)	$	(37,587	)
Basic shares used in the calculation of earnings per share		10,842			10,796			10,910
Effect of dilutive securities:
Stock options		—			—			—
Restricted stock		—			—			—
Diluted shares used in the calculation of earnings per share		10,842			10,796			10,910
Net loss per share:
Basic	$	(0.70	)	$	(0.87	)	$	(3.45	)
Diluted	$	(0.70	)	$	(0.87	)	$	(3.45	)

The following table summarizes the number of shares of common stock for securities, warrants and restricted stock that were not included in the calculation of diluted net loss per share because such shares are antidilutive:

	2013		2012		2011
Options that are antidilutive:
Common stock options		1,334,955		1,434,945		1,080,722
Warrants		550,000		550,000		—
Restricted Stock		216,250		67,075		122,795
		2,101,205		2,052,020		1,203,517

Restricted common stock is issued to executives and employees of the Company and are subject to time-based vesting. These potential shares were excluded from the computation of basic loss per share as these shares are not considered outstanding until vested.

(p) Income Taxes

The Company follows the liability method under ASC Topic 740, “Income Taxes”, (“ASC 740”). The primary objectives of accounting for taxes under ASC 740 are to (a) recognize the amount of tax payable for the current year and (b) recognize the amount of deferred tax liability or asset for the future tax consequences of events that have been reflected in the Company’s financial statements or tax returns. The Company has provided a full valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets at December 31, 2013 and 2012, as it is more likely than not that the deferred tax asset will not be realized. Any subsequent changes in the valuation allowance will be recorded through operations in the provision (benefit) for income taxes.

ASC 740-10 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements and prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. ASC 740-10 also provides guidance on de-recognition, classification, interest and penalties, disclosure and transition.

(q) Stock-Based Compensation

The Company maintains stock-based incentive plans, under which it provides stock incentives to employees, directors and contractors. The Company grants to employees, directors and contractors, options to purchase common stock at an exercise price equal to the market value of the stock at the date of grant. The Company grants restricted stock to employees. The underlying shares of restricted stock grant are not issued until the shares vest, and compensation expense is based on the stock price of the shares at the time of grant. The Company follows FASB ASC Topic 718, “Compensation - Stock Compensation” (“ASC 718”), for all stock-based compensation. Under this application, the Company is required to record compensation expense over the vesting period for all awards granted.

The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to value stock options which requires extensive use of accounting judgment and financial estimates, including estimates of the expected term participants will retain their vested stock options before exercising them, the estimated volatility of its common stock price over the expected term, the risk free rate, expected dividend yield, and the number of options that will be forfeited prior to the completion of their vesting requirements. Fair value of restricted stock is determined based on the stock price of the underlying option on the date of the grant. Application of alternative assumptions could produce significantly different estimates of the fair value of stock-based compensation and consequently, the related amounts recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

(r) Fair Value Measurements

The Company follows the provisions of FASB ASC Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurement and Disclosures”, (“ASC 820”). This topic defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value under generally accepted accounting principles and enhances disclosures about fair value measurements. Fair value is defined under ASC 820 as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value under ASC 820 must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The standard describes a fair value hierarchy based on three levels of inputs, of which the first two are considered observable and the last unobservable, that may be used to measure fair value which are the following:

• Level 1 - Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

• Level 2 - Inputs other than Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

• Level 3 - Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value

A financial instrument’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

The Company’s assets that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis relate to the Company’s money market accounts. The Company’s liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis relate to contingent consideration resulting from the acquisition of Xoft and the warrants issued in connection with the financing arrangement.

The money market funds are included in cash and cash equivalents in the accompanying balance sheet, and are considered a level 1 investment as they are valued at quoted market prices in active markets.

The fair value measurement for the contingent consideration liability is valued using Level 3 inputs. The Company recorded a contingent consideration liability of $5.0 million based upon the estimated fair value of the additional earn-out potential for the sellers that is tied to cumulative net revenue of Xoft products from January 1, 2011 through December 31, 2013, payable January, 2014. At December 31, 2012, the Company evaluated the revenue expectations of Xoft products and determined that the thresholds were unlikely to be met, and did not record any change in the balance of $0.0 million. As of December 31, 2013, the Company did not meet the cumulative net revenue criteria and accordingly the value of the contingent consideration is $0.0 million.

In connection with the financing as further described in Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, the Company issued 550,000 Warrants to purchase shares of common stock at an exercise price of $3.50 per share. The value of the warrants was determined using a binomial lattice model and the value is based on significant inputs not observable in the market including the probability of exercise and the probability of a major transaction. The significant assumptions underlying the fair value of the warrants are as follows:

	December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012
Warrants
Exercise price	$	3.50		$	3.50
Volatility		56.2	%		82.4	%
Equivalent term (years)		4.00			5.00
Risk-free interest rate		1.3	%		0.8	%

The following table sets forth Company’s assets and liabilities which are measured at fair value on a recurring basis by level within the fair value hierarchy.

Fair value measurements using: (000’s) as of December 31, 2013
	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Assets
Money market accounts	$	7,572	$	—	$	—	$	7,572
Total Assets	$	7,572	$	—	$	—	$	7,572
Liabilities
Contingent Consideration	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—
Warrants		—		—		3,986		3,986
Total Liabilities	$	—	$	—	$	3,986	$	3,986

Fair value measurements using: (000’s) as of December 31, 2012
	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Assets
Money market accounts	$	12,336	$	—	$	—	$	12,336
Total Assets	$	12,336	$	—	$	—	$	12,336
Liabilities
Contingent Consideration	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—
Warrants		—		—		1,538		1,538
Total Liabilities	$	—	$	—	$	1,538	$	1,538

The following table provides a summary of changes in the fair value of the warrants during the period are as follows (in thousands):

Warrants	Amount
Balance as of December 31, 2011	$	—
Value at issuance		999
Loss from change in fair value of warrant		539
Balance as of December 31, 2012		1,538
Loss from change in fair value of warrant		2,448
Balance as of December 31, 2013	$	3,986

Items Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

Certain assets, including our goodwill, are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. These assets are recognized at fair value when they are deemed to be impaired. We recorded an estimated impairment charge for goodwill of $26.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2011. We did not consider any assets to be impaired during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

(s) Recently Issued Accounting Standards

In July 2013, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2013-11, Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists (“ASU 2013-11”). ASU 2013-11 requires the netting of unrecognized tax benefits (“UTBs”) against a deferred tax asset for a loss or other carryforward that would apply in settlement of the uncertain tax positions. UTBs are required to be netted against all available same-jurisdiction loss or other tax carryforwards that would be utilized, rather than only against carryforwards that are created by the UTBs. ASU 2013-11 is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2013. The adoption of ASU 2013-11 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Schedule of Anti-dilutive Shares Excluded from Computation of Diluted Net Loss Per Share (Detail)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Options that are antidilutive:
Common stock options, warrants and restricted stock	2,101,205	2,052,020	1,203,517
Stock Options [Member]
Options that are antidilutive:
Common stock options, warrants and restricted stock	1,334,955	1,434,945	1,080,722
Warrants [Member]
Options that are antidilutive:
Common stock options, warrants and restricted stock	550,000	550,000
Restricted Stock [Member]
Options that are antidilutive:
Common stock options, warrants and restricted stock	216,250	67,075	122,795

XML

Stockholders' Equity - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Number of stock option	5
Available for future grants	46,537	693,601	631,357
Total unrecognized compensation costs	$ 1,300,000
Period of expected recognized over a weighted average	11 months 27 days
Dividends paid on common stock	0
Restricted Stock [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Aggregate intrinsic values of closing market price	$ 11.66	$ 4.79	$ 2.85
Unvested restricted stock awards outstanding	216,250	67,075	122,795	153,215
Aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding	2,500,000	300,000	300,000
Aggregate intrinsic value of the options vested in period	500,000	200,000	200,000
Stock Option [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding	10,000,000	1,800,000	2,050.0
Aggregate intrinsic value of the options exercisable	5,100,000	300,000	250.0
Aggregate intrinsic value of stock options exercised	$ 0.5	$ 0.0	$ 24,088.0
Aggregate intrinsic values of closing market price	$ 11.66	$ 4.79	$ 2.85
2001 Stock Option Plan [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Aggregate purchase of Company's common stock	240,000
Percentage of stockholders exercise price	10.00%
Percentage of market Price for calculation of purchase price	110.00%
Percentage of options granted	100.00%
Period of expiration	10 years
Number of percentage of stockholders	10.00%
Period of expiration for specific stockholders	5 years
Period of exercisable stock option granted	10 years
Vesting date of grant, First anniversaries	33.00%
Vesting date of grant, Second anniversaries	33.00%
Vesting date of grant, Third anniversaries	33.00%
Number of share options available for grant	0
2001 Stock Option Plan [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Period of options granted	6 months
2001 Stock Option Plan [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Period of options granted	5 years
2002 Stock Option Plan [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Aggregate purchase of Company's common stock	100,000
Percentage of stockholders exercise price	10.00%
Percentage of market Price for calculation of purchase price	110.00%
Percentage of options granted	100.00%
Period of expiration	10 years
Number of percentage of stockholders	10.00%
Period of expiration for specific stockholders	5 years
Period of exercisable stock option granted	10 years
Vesting date of grant, First anniversaries	33.00%
Vesting date of grant, Second anniversaries	33.00%
Vesting date of grant, Third anniversaries	33.00%
Number of share options available for grant	0
2002 Stock Option Plan [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Period of options granted	6 months
2002 Stock Option Plan [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Period of options granted	5 years
2007 Stock Option Plan [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Aggregate purchase of Company's common stock	1,050,000
Percentage of stockholders exercise price	10.00%
Percentage of market Price for calculation of purchase price	110.00%
Percentage of options granted	100.00%
Number of share options available for grant	63,664
Aggregate purchase of Company's common stock, maximum	160,000
2012 Stock Option Plan [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Aggregate purchase of Company's common stock	600,000
Percentage of stockholders exercise price	10.00%
Percentage of market Price for calculation of purchase price	110.00%
Percentage of options granted	100.00%
Number of share options available for grant	5,343
Aggregate purchase of Company's common stock, maximum	100,000
2004 Stock Option Plan [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Percentage of stockholders exercise price	10.00%
Percentage of market Price for calculation of purchase price	110.00%
Percentage of options granted	100.00%
Period of options granted	5 years
Period of expiration	10 years
Number of percentage of stockholders	10.00%
Period of expiration for specific stockholders	5 years
Period of exercisable stock option granted	10 years
Vesting date of grant, First anniversaries	33.00%
Vesting date of grant, Second anniversaries	33.00%
Vesting date of grant, Third anniversaries	33.00%
Number of share options available for grant	29,812
Stock Repurchase Program, Number of Shares Authorized to be Repurchased	200,000
2005 Stock Option Plan [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Aggregate purchase of Company's common stock	120,000
Percentage of stockholders exercise price	10.00%
Percentage of market Price for calculation of purchase price	110.00%
Percentage of options granted	100.00%
Period of options granted	3 years
Period of expiration	5 years
Number of percentage of stockholders	10.00%
Period of expiration for specific stockholders	5 years
Period of exercisable stock option granted	10 years
Vesting date of grant, First anniversaries	33.00%
Vesting date of grant, Second anniversaries	33.00%
Vesting date of grant, Third anniversaries	33.00%
Number of share options available for grant	8,106

XML

Commitments and Contingencies - Future Minimum Rental Payments (Detail) (USD $)	Dec. 31, 2013
Commitments And Contingencies Disclosure [Abstract]
2014	$ 500
2015	482
2016	490
2017	255
Total	$ 1,727

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheets (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$ 11,880	$ 13,948
Trade accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $73 in 2013 and $48 in 2012	7,623	4,980
Inventory, net	1,891	2,119
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	649	486
Total current assets	22,043	21,533
Property and equipment:
Equipment	5,245	4,422
Leasehold improvements	108	108
Furniture and fixtures	283	283
Marketing assets	300	297
Total property and equipment	5,936	5,110
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization	4,265	3,627
Net property and equipment	1,671	1,483
Other assets:
Other assets	419	638
Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization of $12,468 in 2013 and $10,744 in 2012	13,674	15,230
Goodwill	21,109	21,109
Total other assets	35,202	36,977
Total assets	58,916	59,993
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	2,000	1,940
Accrued expenses	3,799	4,142
Interest payable	483	499
Notes and capital lease payable, short-term portion	3,878
Warrant liability	3,986	1,538
Deferred revenue	8,306	6,520
Total current liabilities	22,452	14,639
Other long-term liabilities	68	68
Deferred revenue, long-term portion	1,726	1,502
Settlement costs, long-term portion	1,288	1,273
Capital lease - long-term portion	235
Notes payable, long-term portion	11,770	14,846
Total liabilities	37,539	32,328
Commitments and contingencies (Notes 2 and 7)
Stockholders' equity:
Preferred stock, $ .01 par value: authorized 1,000,000 shares; none issued.
Common stock, $ .01 par value: authorized 20,000,000 shares; issued 11,084,119 in 2013 and 10,993,933 in 2012; outstanding 10,898,288 in 2013 and 10,808,102 in 2012	111	110
Additional paid-in capital	166,735	165,416
Accumulated deficit	(144,054)	(136,446)
Treasury stock at cost 185,831 in 2013 and 2012	(1,415)	(1,415)
Total stockholders' equity	21,377	27,665
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity	$ 58,916	$ 59,993

XML

Stockholders' Equity - Summary of Restricted Stock Activity for All Stock Option Plans (Detail) (Restricted Stock [Member])	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Restricted Stock [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Beginning outstanding balance	67,075	122,795	153,215
Granted	196,250		62,000
Vested	(47,008)	(47,820)	(59,153)
Forfeited	(67)	(7,900)	(33,267)
Ending outstanding balance	216,250	67,075	122,795

XML

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity (Parenthetical)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Shares forfeited for tax obligations	5,249	4,789	11,468
Common Stock [Member]
Shares forfeited for tax obligations	5,249	4,789	11,468
Additional Paid-in Capital [Member]
Shares forfeited for tax obligations	5,249	4,789	11,468

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Summary of Changes in the Fair Value of Warrants (Detail) (Warrants [Member], USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Warrants [Member]
Fair Value, Off-balance Sheet Risks, Disclosure Information [Line Items]
Beginning balance	$ 1,538
Value at issuance		999
Loss from change in fair value of warrant	2,448	539
Ending Balance	$ 3,986	$ 1,538

XML

Segment Reporting, Geographical Information and Major Customers (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Segment Reporting [Abstract]

Summary of Segment Revenues, Segment Operating Income or Loss, Segment Adjusted EBITDA and a Reconciliation of Segment Operating Income or Loss to GAAP Loss

Segment revenues, segment operating income or loss, and a reconciliation of segment operating income or loss to GAAP loss before income tax is as follows (including prior periods which have been presented for consistency):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Segment revenues:
Detection	$	16,905		$	17,262		$	22,765
Therapy		16,162			11,013			5,887
Total Revenue	$	33,067		$	28,275		$	28,652
Segment operating income (loss):
Detection	$	5,016		$	4,274		$	2,837
Therapy		(52	)		(2,720	)		(7,285	)
Segment operating income (loss)	$	4,964		$	1,554		$	(4,448	)
General and administrative expenses	$	(6,740	)	$	(6,966	)	$	(9,999	)
Interest expense		(3,277	)		(3,415	)		(422	)
Gain on fair value of warrant		(2,448	)		(539	)		—
Other income		19			35			27
Contingent consideration		—			—			4,900
Goodwill impairment		—			—			(26,828	)
Loss on indemnification asset		—			—			(741	)
Loss before income tax	$	(7,482	)	$	(9,331	)	$	(37,511	)

XML

Financing Arrangements - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $)	12 Months Ended		12 Months Ended						0 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Jan. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2013 2012 [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 2013 [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 2014 [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 2015 [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 2016 [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 2017 [Member]	Dec. 29, 2011 Warrants [Member]	Dec. 29, 2011 Warrant B [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Facility Agreement [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Facility Agreement [Member]	Dec. 29, 2011 Facility Agreement [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Revenue Purchase Agreement [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Revenue Purchase Agreement [Member]	Jan. 09, 2012 Promissory Notes [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Promissory Notes [Member] Facility Agreement [Member]
Financing Arrangements [Line Items]
Amount provided in funding to company													$ 15,000,000
Promissory notes issued in aggregate principal amount											11,884,000	10,804,000		3,636,000	4,042,000	15,000,000
Term period of warrants									6 years
Number of common stock shares issued	550,000								450,000	100,000
Exercise price of warrants	3.50								3.50	3.50
Net proceeds received from transactions		14,325,000
Gross proceeds		15,000,000
Facility fee		225,000
Finder fee		450,000
Interest on facility agreement											5.75%
Debt instrument percentage of principal repayment due at end of year three											25.00%
Debt instrument percentage of principal repayment due at end of year four											25.00%
Debt instrument percentage of principal repayment due at end of year five											50.00%
Debt instrument percentage of principal repayment due at end of year five if payment date is extended											25.00%
Debt instrument percentage of principal repayment due at end of year six if payment date is extended											25.00%
Amount received in exchange of purchaser right	4,107,900
Per quarter minimum amount	125,000
Annual minimum amount	500,000
Percentage of revenue under condition one due in year one two and three			4.25%
Percentage of revenue under condition two due in year one, two and three				2.75%
Percentage of revenue under condition three due in year one, two and three					1.00%
Percentage of revenue under condition one due in year four, five and six						4.25%
Percentage of revenue under condition two due in year four, five and six							2.25%
Percentage of revenue under condition three due in year four, five and six								1.00%
Amount of sale excess to which purchaser is eligible to be paid	500,000
Revenue payment due to extended maturity date	2017
Shares immediately exercisable	450,000
Common stock underlying the B Warrants will become exercisable	100,000
Warrant B exercisable period	4 years
Limitation that prevent the holder to acquiring shares upon exercise of a warrant	9.985%
Share holder has the right to net exercise the warrants for shares	95.00%
Share issue under the transactions may not exceed	19.90%
Original issue of discount											3,116,000	4,196,000		4,100,000
Additional value allocated to warrants											1,000,000
Original issue discount being accreted											15,000,000	15,000,000
Effective amortization rate of financing arrangements is currently estimated to be approximately	19.00%													28.80%			17.35%
Amount of discount											$ 5,100,000
Amount of revenue under condition one	25 and Less
Amount of revenue under condition two	25 to 50
Amount of revenue under condition three	50 and Above

XML

Quarterly Financial Data (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Quarterly Financial Information Disclosure [Abstract]

Quarterly Financial Data

2013	Net sales		Gross profit		Net loss			Loss per share available to common stockholders			Weighted average number of shares outstanding
First quarter	$	7,930	$	5,648	$	(727	)	($	0.07	)		10,820
Second quarter		7,712		5,222	$	(1,882	)	($	0.17	)		10,836
Third quarter		8,290		5,926	$	(589	)	($	0.05	)		10,849
Fourth quarter		9,135		6,289	$	(4,410	)	($	0.41	)		10,863
2012
First quarter	$	6,343	$	4,427	$	(2,264	)	($	0.21	)		10,776
Second quarter		5,931		4,169		(2,943	)	($	0.27	)		10,794
Third quarter		8,183		5,882		(1,465	)	($	0.14	)		10,805
Fourth quarter		7,818		5,553		(2,702	)	($	0.25	)		10,808

XML

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Cash flow from operating activities:
Net loss	$ (7,608)	$ (9,374)	$ (37,587)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used for operating activities:
Depreciation	706	891	1,077
Amortization	1,724	1,904	2,094
Bad debt provision	35
Goodwill impairment			26,828
Loss on disposal of assets	53	174	21
Loss on indemnification asset			741
Loss from change in fair value of warrant liability	2,448	539
Stock-based compensation expense	1,202	996	904
Amortization of debt discount and debt costs	856	1,012
Interest on settlement obligations	266	388	422
Fair value of contingent consideration			(4,900)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisition:
Accounts receivable	(2,678)	(976)	(614)
Inventory	228	(79)	1,449
Prepaid and other assets	(126)	469	248
Accounts payable	60	815	(1,375)
Accrued expenses	(609)	(1,775)	(713)
Deferred revenue	2,010	812	1,263
Total adjustments	6,175	5,170	27,445
Net cash used for operating activities	(1,433)	(4,204)	(10,142)
Cash flow from investing activities:
Additions to patents, technology and other	(168)	(70)	(13)
Additions to property and equipment	(539)	(665)	(263)
Net cash used for investing activities	(707)	(735)	(276)
Cash flow from financing activities:
Issuance of common stock for cash	146		60
Taxes paid related to restricted stock issuance	(28)	(14)	(67)
Payments of capital lease obligations	(46)
Proceeds from debt financing, net		14,325
Payment for Xoft			(1,268)
Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities	72	14,311	(1,275)
Increase (decrease) in cash and equivalents	(2,068)	9,372	(11,693)
Cash and equivalents, beginning of year	13,948	4,576	16,269
Cash and equivalents, end of year	11,880	13,948	4,576
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
Interest paid	2,163	1,516
Taxes paid	78	55	40
Equipment purchased under capital lease	$ 409
Return of common stock from escrow related to acquisition of Xoft in 2011 and CAD Sciences in 2008.	-	-	465

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheets (Parenthetical) (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Statement Of Financial Position [Abstract]
Allowance for doubtful accounts on trade accounts receivables	$ 73	$ 48
Intangible assets, accumulated amortization	$ 12,468	$ 10,744
Preferred stock, par value	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Preferred stock, shares authorized	1,000,000	1,000,000
Preferred stock, shares issued	0	0
Common stock, par value	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Common stock, share authorized	20,000,000	20,000,000
Common stock, share issued	11,084,119	10,993,933
Common stock, share outstanding	10,898,288	10,808,102
Treasury stock, shares	185,831	185,831

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Schedule of Current Inventory

At December 31, 2013 and 2012 respectively inventories consisted of the following (in thousands):

	As of December 31,
	2013		2012
Raw materials	$	581	$	878
Work in process		38		47
Finished Goods		1,272		1,194
Inventory	$	1,891	$	2,119

Schedule of Intangible Assets

A summary of intangible assets for 2013 and 2012 are as follows (in thousands):

	2013		2012		Weighted average useful life
Gross Carrying Amount
Patents and licenses	$	737	$	693	5 years
Technology		25,157		25,033	10 years
Tradename		248		248	10 years
Total amortizable intangible assets		26,142		25,974
Accumulated Amortization
Patents and licenses	$	471	$	433
Technology		11,749		10,088
Tradename		248		223
Total accumulated amortization		12,468		10,744
Total amortizable intangible assets, net	$	13,674	$	15,230

Schedule of Expected Amortization Expense

Estimated remaining amortization of the Company’s intangible assets is as follows (in thousands):

For the years ended December 31:	Estimated amortization expense
2014	$	1,494
2015		1,491
2016		1,485
2017		1,463
2018		1,348
Thereafter		6,393
	$	13,674

Rollforward of Goodwill Activity by Reportable Segment

A rollforward of goodwill activity by reportable segment is as follows:

	Detection		Therapy		Total
Accumulated Goodwill	$	—	$	—	$	47,937
Accumulated impairment		—		—		(26,828	)
Balance at December 31, 2011		—		—		21,109
Balance at December 31, 2012		—		—		21,109
Fair value allocation		7,663		13,446		—
Balance at December 31, 2013	$	7,663	$	13,446	$	21,109

Roll forward of Warranty Cost

Warranty provisions and claims for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, were as follows:

	2013			2012			2011
Beginning accrual balance	$	36		$	89		$	86
Warranty provision		96			37			107
Usage		(107	)		(90	)		(104	)
Ending accrual balance	$	25		$	36		$	89

Calculation of Net Loss Per Share

A summary of the Company’s calculation of net loss per share is as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):

	2013			2012			2011
Net loss available to common shareholders	$	(7,608	)	$	(9,374	)	$	(37,587	)
Basic shares used in the calculation of earnings per share		10,842			10,796			10,910
Effect of dilutive securities:
Stock options		—			—			—
Restricted stock		—			—			—
Diluted shares used in the calculation of earnings per share		10,842			10,796			10,910
Net loss per share:
Basic	$	(0.70	)	$	(0.87	)	$	(3.45	)
Diluted	$	(0.70	)	$	(0.87	)	$	(3.45	)

Schedule of Anti-dilutive Shares Excluded from Computation of Diluted Net Loss Per Share

The following table summarizes the number of shares of common stock for securities, warrants and restricted stock that were not included in the calculation of diluted net loss per share because such shares are antidilutive:

	2013		2012		2011
Options that are antidilutive:
Common stock options		1,334,955		1,434,945		1,080,722
Warrants		550,000		550,000		—
Restricted Stock		216,250		67,075		122,795
		2,101,205		2,052,020		1,203,517

Schedule of Fair Value of Warrants

The significant assumptions underlying the fair value of the warrants are as follows:

	December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012
Warrants
Exercise price	$	3.50		$	3.50
Volatility		56.2	%		82.4	%
Equivalent term (years)		4.00			5.00
Risk-free interest rate		1.3	%		0.8	%

Assets and Liabilities which are Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

The following table sets forth Company’s assets and liabilities which are measured at fair value on a recurring basis by level within the fair value hierarchy.

Fair value measurements using: (000’s) as of December 31, 2013
	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Assets
Money market accounts	$	7,572	$	—	$	—	$	7,572
Total Assets	$	7,572	$	—	$	—	$	7,572
Liabilities
Contingent Consideration	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—
Warrants		—		—		3,986		3,986
Total Liabilities	$	—	$	—	$	3,986	$	3,986

Fair value measurements using: (000’s) as of December 31, 2012
	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Assets
Money market accounts	$	12,336	$	—	$	—	$	12,336
Total Assets	$	12,336	$	—	$	—	$	12,336
Liabilities
Contingent Consideration	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—
Warrants		—		—		1,538		1,538
Total Liabilities	$	—	$	—	$	1,538	$	1,538

Summary of Changes in the Fair Value of Warrants

The following table provides a summary of changes in the fair value of the warrants during the period are as follows (in thousands):

Warrants	Amount
Balance as of December 31, 2011	$	—
Value at issuance		999
Loss from change in fair value of warrant		539
Balance as of December 31, 2012		1,538
Loss from change in fair value of warrant		2,448
Balance as of December 31, 2013	$	3,986

XML

Document and Entity Information (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Feb. 24, 2014	Jun. 28, 2013
Document And Entity Information [Abstract]
Document Type	10-K
Amendment Flag	false
Document Period End Date	Dec. 31, 2013
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2013
Document Fiscal Period Focus	FY
Entity Registrant Name	ICAD INC
Entity Central Index Key	0000749660
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--12-31
Entity Well-known Seasoned Issuer	No
Entity Current Reporting Status	Yes
Entity Voluntary Filers	No
Entity Filer Category	Smaller Reporting Company
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding		10,992,327
Entity Public Float			$ 57,056,137

XML

Financing Arrangements (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Debt Disclosure [Abstract]

Amount Related to Facility and Revenue Purchase Agreements

The following amounts are included in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2013 and 2013, respectively related to the Facility and Revenue Purchase agreements:

	December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012
Principal Amount of Facility Agreement	$	15,000		$	15,000
Unamortized discount		(3,116	)		(4,196	)
Carrying amount of Facility Agreement		11,884			10,804
Revenue Purchase Agreement		3,636			4,042
Less current portion of Facility Agreement		(3,750	)		—
Notes payable long-term portion	$	11,770		$	14,846

Interest Included in Consolidated Income Statement

The following amounts comprise interest expense included in our consolidated statement of operations for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively:

	December 31, 2013		December 31, 2012
Cash interest expense	$	2,155	$	2,015
Non-cash amortization of debt discount		674		845
Amortization of debt costs		182		167
Amortization of settlement obligations		266		388
Total interest expense	$	3,277	$	3,415

XML

Consolidated Statements of Operations (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Revenue:
Products	$ 19,556	$ 17,976	$ 19,328
Service and supplies	13,511	10,299	9,324
Total revenue	33,067	28,275	28,652
Cost of Revenue:
Products	5,933	4,834	4,788
Service and supplies	3,111	2,479	2,906
Amortization	938	931	931
Total cost of revenue	9,982	8,244	8,625
Gross profit	23,085	20,031	20,027
Operating expenses:
Engineering and product development	7,694	7,769	10,791
Marketing and sales	10,427	10,708	13,684
General and administrative	6,740	6,966	9,999
Contingent consideration			(4,900)
Goodwill impairment			26,828
Loss on indemnification asset			741
Total operating expenses	24,861	25,443	57,143
Loss from operations	(1,776)	(5,412)	(37,116)
Other (expense) income:
Interest expense	(3,277)	(3,415)	(422)
Loss from change in fair value of warrant liability	(2,448)	(539)
Interest income	19	35	27
Other (expense) income, net	(5,706)	(3,919)	(395)
Loss before income tax expense	(7,482)	(9,331)	(37,511)
Income tax expense	126	43	76
Net loss and comprehensive loss	$ (7,608)	$ (9,374)	$ (37,587)
Net loss per share:
Basic	$ (0.70)	$ (0.87)	$ (3.45)
Diluted	$ (0.70)	$ (0.87)	$ (3.45)
Weighted average number of shares used in computing loss per share:
Basic	10,842	10,796	10,910
Diluted	10,842	10,796	10,910

XML

Income Taxes

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]

Income Taxes

(5) Income Taxes

The components of income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

	2013		2012		2011
Current provision (benefit):
Federal	$	—	$	—	$	—
State		126		43		76
	$	126	$	43	$	76

A summary of the differences between the Company’s effective income tax rate and the Federal statutory income tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 is as follows:

	2013			2012			2011
Federal statutory rate		34.0	%		34.0	%		34.0	%
State income taxes, net of federal benefit		2.3	%		4.0	%		1.8	%
Net state impact of deferred rate change		0.1	%		0.1	%		0.2	%
Stock compensation expense		(2.0	%)		(1.8	%)		(0.4	%)
Goodwill impairment		0.0	%		0.0	%		(24.3	%)
Contingent consideration		0.0	%		0.0	%		4.4	%
Other permanent differences		(11.7	%)		(2.4	%)		(0.5	%)
Change in valuation allowance		(27.6	%)		(34.4	%)		(15.6	%)
Other		3.3	%		0.0	%		0.4	%
Effective income tax		(1.6	%)		(0.5	%)		0.0	%

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of net operating loss carryforwards, tax credit carryforwards and temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the income tax basis of assets and liabilities. A valuation allowance is applied against any net deferred tax asset if, based on the available evidence, it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

Deferred income taxes reflect the impact of “temporary differences” between the amount of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and such amounts as measured by tax laws and regulations. The Company has fully reserved the net deferred tax assets, as it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be utilized. Deferred tax assets (liabilities) are comprised of the following at December 31 (in thousands):

	2013			2012
Inventory (Section 263A)	$	233		$	298
Inventory reserves		156			182
Receivable reserves		29			52
Other accruals		938			1,159
Deferred revenue		1,256			897
Accumulated depreciation/amortization		(2	)		179
Stock options		2,070			1,808
Developed technology		(3,464	)		(3,915	)
Tax credits		2,176			1,698
NOL carryforward		34,059			34,288
Net deferred tax assets		37,451			36,646
Valuation allowance		(37,451	)		(36,646	)
	$	—		$	—

The increase in net deferred tax asset and corresponding valuation allowance is primarily attributable to additional research and development credits and differences in amortization periods on the Company’s intangible assets.

As of December 31, 2013, the Company has net operating loss carryforwards totaling approximately $94.9 million expiring between 2016 and 2033. A portion of the total net operating loss carryforwards amounting to approximately $25.2 million relate to the acquisition of Xoft, Inc. As of December 31, 2013, the Company has provided a valuation allowance for its net operating loss carryforwards due to the uncertainty of the Company’s ability to generate sufficient taxable income in future years to obtain the benefit from the utilization of the net operating loss carryforwards. In the event of a deemed change in control, an annual limitation imposed on the utilization of the net operating losses may result in the expiration of all or a portion of the net operating loss carryforwards. There were no net operating losses utilized for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

The Company currently has approximately $15.2 million (including approximately $9.5 million that relate to Xoft, Inc.) in net operating losses that are subject to limitations, of which approximately $2.0 million (including approximately $473,000 that relate to Xoft, Inc.) can be used annually through 2033. The Company has available tax credit carryforwards (adjusted to reflect provisions of the Tax Reform Act of 1986) to offset future income tax liabilities totaling approximately $2.2 million. The Company currently has approximately $3.9 million (including approximately $1.8 million that relate to Xoft, Inc.) in tax credit carryforwards that are subject to limitations. The tax credits related to Xoft have been fully reserved for and as a result no deferred tax asset has been recorded. The credits expire in various years through 2033.

ASC 740-10 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return and also provides guidance on de-recognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure, and transition.

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had no unrecognized tax benefits and no adjustments to liabilities or operations were required under ASC 740-10. The Company’s practice was and continues to be to recognize interest and penalty expenses related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense, which was zero for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011. The Company files United States federal and various state income tax returns. Generally, the Company’s three preceding tax years remain subject to examination by federal and state taxing authorities. The Company completed an examination by the Internal Revenue Service with respect to the 2008 tax year in January 2011, which resulted in no changes to the tax return originally filed. The Company is not under examination by any other federal or state jurisdiction for any tax year.

The Company does not anticipate that it is reasonably possible that unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2013 will significantly change within the next 12 months.

XML

Stockholders' Equity

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Equity [Abstract]

Stockholders' Equity

(4) Stockholders’ Equity

(a) Stock Options

The Company has five stock option or stock incentive plans, which are described as follows:

The 2001 Stock Option Plan (“The 2001 Plan”).

The 2001 Plan was adopted by the Company’s stockholders in August 2001. The 2001 Plan provides for the granting of non-qualifying and incentive stock options to employees and other persons to purchase up to an aggregate of 240,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. The purchase price of each share for which an option is granted is determined by the Board of Directors or the Committee appointed by the Board of Directors provided that the purchase price of each share for which an incentive option is granted cannot be less than the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant, except for options granted to 10% stockholders for whom the exercise price cannot be less than 110% of the market price. Incentive options granted to date under the 2001 Plan vest 100% over periods extending from six months to five years from the date of grant and expire no later than ten years after the date of grant, except for 10% holders whose options shall expire not later than five years after the date of grant. Non-qualifying options granted under the 2001 Plan are generally exercisable over a ten year period, vesting 1/3 each on the first, second, and third anniversaries of the date of grant. At December 31, 2013 there are no further options available for grant under this plan.

The 2002 Stock Option Plan (“The 2002 Plan”).

The 2002 Plan was adopted by the Company’s stockholders in June 2002. The 2002 Plan provides for the granting of non-qualifying and incentive stock options to employees and other persons to purchase up to an aggregate of 100,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. The purchase price of each share for which an option is granted is determined by the Board of Directors or the Committee appointed by the Board of Directors provided that the purchase price of each share for which an incentive option is granted cannot be less than the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant, except for options granted to 10% stockholders for whom the exercise price cannot be less than 110% of the market price. Incentive options granted to date under the 2002 Plan vest 100% over periods extending from six months to five years from the date of grant and expire no later than ten years after the date of grant, except for 10% holders whose options expire not later than five years after the date of grant. Non-qualifying options granted under the 2002 Plan are generally exercisable over a ten year period, vesting 1/3 each on the first, second, and third anniversaries of the date of grant. At December 31, 2013, there are no further options available for grant under the 2002 Plan.

The 2004 Stock Incentive Plan (“The 2004 Plan”).

The 2004 Plan was adopted by the Company’s stockholders in June 2004. The 2004 Plan provides for the grant of any or all of the following types of awards: (a) stock options, (b) restricted stock, (c) deferred stock and (d) other stock-based awards. The 2004 Plan provides for the granting of non-qualifying and incentive stock options to employees and other persons to purchase up to an aggregate of 200,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. The purchase price of each share for which an option is granted is determined by the Board of Directors or the Committee appointed by the Board of Directors provided that the purchase price of each share for which an option is granted cannot be less than the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant, except for incentive options granted to 10% stockholders for whom the exercise price cannot be less than 110% of the market price. Incentive options granted under the 2004 Plan generally vest 100% over periods extending from the date of grant to five years from the date of grant and expire not later than ten years after the date of grant, except for 10% holders whose options expire not later than five years after the date of grant. Non-qualifying options granted under the 2004 Plan are generally exercisable over a ten year period, vesting 1/3 each on the first, second, and third anniversaries of the date of grant. At December 31, 2013 there were 29,812 shares available for issuance under the 2004 Plan.

The 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (“The 2005 Plan”).

The 2005 Plan was adopted by the Company’s stockholders in June 2005. The 2005 Plan provides for the grant of any or all of the following types of awards: (a) stock options, (b) restricted stock, (c) deferred stock and (d) other stock-based awards. The 2005 Plan provides for the granting of non-qualifying and incentive stock options to employees and other persons to purchase up to an aggregate of 120,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. The purchase price of each share for which an option is granted is determined by the Board of Directors or the Committee appointed by the Board of Directors provided that the purchase price of each share for which an option is granted cannot be less than the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant, except for incentive options granted to 10% stockholders for whom the exercise price cannot be less than 110% of the market price. Incentive options granted under the 2005 Plan generally vest 100% over periods extending from the date of grant to three years from the date of grant and expire not later than five years after the date of grant, except for 10% stockholders whose options expire not later than five years after the date of grant. Non-qualifying options granted under the 2005 Plan are generally exercisable over a ten year period, vesting 1/3 each on the first, second, and third anniversaries of the date of grant. At December 31, 2013, there were 8,106 shares available for issuance under the 2005 Plan.

The 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (“The 2007 Plan”).

The 2007 Plan was adopted by the Company’s stockholders in July 2007 and amended in June 2009. The 2007 Plan provides for the grant of any or all of the following types of awards: (a) stock options, (b) restricted stock, (c) deferred stock and (d) other stock-based awards. Awards may be granted singly, in combination, or in tandem. Subject to anti-dilution adjustments as provided in the 2007 Plan, (i) the 2007 Plan provides for a total of 1,050,000 shares of the Company’s common stock to be available for distribution pursuant to the 2007 Plan, and (ii) the maximum number of shares of the Company’s common stock with respect to which stock options, restricted stock, deferred stock, or other stock-based awards may be granted to any participant under the 2007 Plan during any calendar year or part of a year may not exceed 160,000 shares.

The 2007 Plan provides that it will be administered by the Company’s Board of Directors (“Board”) or a committee of two or more members of the Board appointed by the Board.

The administrator will generally have the authority to administer the 2007 Plan, determine participants who will be granted awards under the 2007 Plan, the size and types of awards, the terms and conditions of awards and the form and content of the award agreements representing awards. Awards under the 2007 Plan may be granted to employees, directors, consultants and advisors of the Company and its subsidiaries. However, only employees of the Company and its subsidiaries will be eligible to receive options that are designated as incentive stock options.

With respect to options granted under the 2007 Plan, the exercise price must be at least 100% (110% in the case of an incentive stock option granted to a 10% stockholder) of the fair market value of the common stock subject to the award, determined as of the date of grant. Restricted stock awards are shares of common stock that are awarded subject to the satisfaction of the terms and conditions established by the administrator. In general, awards that do not require exercise may be made in exchange for such lawful consideration, including services, as determined by the administrator. At December 31, 2013, there were 63,664 shares available for issuance under the 2007 Plan.

The 2012 Stock Incentive Plan (“The 2012 Plan”).

The 2012 Plan was adopted by the Company’s stockholders in May 2012. The 2012 Plan provides for the grant of any or all of the following types of awards: (a) stock options, (b) restricted stock, (c) deferred stock and (d) other stock-based awards. Awards may be granted singly, in combination, or in tandem. Subject to anti-dilution adjustments as provided in the 2012 Plan, (i) the 2012 Plan provides for a total of 600,000 shares of the Company’s common stock to be available for distribution pursuant to the 2012 Plan, and (ii) the maximum number of shares of the Company’s common stock with respect to which stock options, restricted stock, deferred stock, or other stock-based awards may be granted to any participant under the 2012 Plan during any calendar year or part of a year may not exceed 100,000 shares.

The 2012 Plan provides that it will be administered by the Company’s Board of Directors (“Board”) or a committee of two or more members of the Board appointed by the Board.

The administrator will generally have the authority to administer the 2012 Plan, determine participants who will be granted awards under the 2012 Plan, the size and types of awards, the terms and conditions of awards and the form and content of the award agreements representing awards. Awards under the 2012 Plan may be granted to employees, directors, consultants and advisors of the Company and its subsidiaries. However, only employees of the Company and its subsidiaries will be eligible to receive options that are designated as incentive stock options.

With respect to options granted under the 2012 Plan, the exercise price must be at least 100% (110% in the case of an incentive stock option granted to a 10% stockholder) of the fair market value of the common stock subject to the award, determined as of the date of grant. Restricted stock awards are shares of common stock that are awarded subject to the satisfaction of the terms and conditions established by the administrator. In general, awards that do not require exercise may be made in exchange for such lawful consideration, including services, as determined by the administrator. At December 31, 2013, there were 5,343 shares available for issuance under the 2012 Plan.

A summary of stock option activity for all stock option plans is as follows:

	Option Shares			Price range per share	Weighted Average
Outstanding, January 1, 2011		1,058,705		$4.00-$26.40	$	12.25
Granted		631,357		$2.75-$7.10	$	5.35
Exercised		(15,000	)	$4.00	$	4.00
Forfeited		(594,339	)	$3.00-$24.40	$	9.60
Outstanding, December 31, 2011		1,080,722		$2.75-$26.40	$	9.75
Granted		693,601		$2.00-$3.70	$	2.43
Exercised		—		$0.00	$	0.00
Forfeited		(339,378	)	$2.85-$24.40	$	15.95
Outstanding, December 31, 2012		1,434,945		$2.00-$26.40	$	4.75
Granted		46,537		$4.46-$10.02	$	5.42
Exercised		(48,427	)	$2.15-$6.50	$	3.00
Forfeited		(98,100	)	$2.09-$20.50	$	11.62
Outstanding, December 31, 2013		1,334,955		$2.00-$26.40	$	4.34

Exercisable at year-end	Option Shares		Price range per share	Weighted average exercise price
2011		679,716	$2.80-$26.40	$	12.40
2012		485,553	$2.00-$26.40	$	7.06
2013		743,910	$2.00-$26.40	$	5.09

Available for future grants at December 31, 2013 from all plans: 106,925

The Company’s stock-based compensation expense, including options and restricted stock by category is as follows (amounts in thousands):

	Years Ended December 31,
	2013		2012		2011
Cost of revenue	$	21	$	15	$	14
Engineering and product development		228		178		172
Marketing and sales		273		242		224
General and administrative expense		680		561		494
	$	1,202	$	996	$	904

As of December 31, 2013, there was $1.3 million of total unrecognized compensation costs related to unvested options and restricted stock. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 0.99 years.

Options granted under the stock incentive plans were valued utilizing the Black-Scholes model using the following assumptions and had the following fair values:

	Years Ended December 31,
	2013	2012	2011
Average risk-free interest rate	0.53%	0.98%	2.51%
Expected dividend yield	None	None	None
Expected life	3.5 years	3.5 years	3.5 years
Expected volatility	57.6% to 68.9%	65.9% to 68.9%	67.0% to 69.3%
Weighted average exercise price	$5.42	$2.43	$5.35
Weighted average fair value	$2.35	$1.17	$2.65

The Company’s 2013, 2012 and 2011, average expected volatility and average expected life is based on the average of the Company’s historical information. The risk-free rate is based on the rate of U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with a remaining term equal to the expected life of option grants. The Company has paid no dividends on its common stock in the past and does not anticipate paying any dividends in the future

The aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding at December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $10.0 million, $1.8 million and $2,050, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of the options exercisable at December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $5.1 million, $0.3 million and $250, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of stock options exercised during 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $0.5 million, $0 and $24,088, respectively. The Company used the closing market price of $11.66, $4.79 and $2.85 per share at December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, to determine the aggregate intrinsic values of options outstanding and exercisable.

(b) Restricted Stock

The Company’s restricted stock awards vest in three equal annual installments with the first installment vesting one year from grant date. At December 31, 2013, there were 216,250 unvested restricted stock awards outstanding. A summary of restricted stock activity for all stock option plans is as follows:

	Years Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Beginning outstanding balance		67,075			122,795			153,215
Granted		196,250			—			62,000
Vested		(47,008	)		(47,820	)		(59,153	)
Forfeited		(67	)		(7,900	)		(33,267	)
Ending outstanding balance		216,250			67,075			122,795

The aggregate intrinsic value of restricted stock outstanding at December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $2.5 million, $0.3 million, and $0.3 million, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of restricted stock vested during 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $0.5 million, $0.2 million and $0.2 million, respectively. The Company used the closing market price of $11.66, $4.79 and $2.85 per share at December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, to determine the aggregate intrinsic values.

XML

Commitments and Contingencies (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Commitments And Contingencies Disclosure [Abstract]

Future Minimum Rental Payments

Future minimum rental payments due under these agreements as of December 31, 2013 are as follows (in thousands):

Fiscal Year	Operating Leases
2014		500
2015		482
2016		490
2017		255
	$	1,727

Schedule of Future Minimum Lease Payments

Future minimum lease payments under this lease are as follows:

Fiscal Year	Capital Leases
2014		145
2015		145
2016		97
subtotal minimum lease obligation		387
less interest		(24	)
Total, net		363
less current portion		(128	)
long term portion	$	235

XML

Accrued Expenses (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Payables And Accruals [Abstract]

Accrued Expenses

Accrued expenses consist of the following at December 31(in thousands):

	2013		2012
Accrued salary and related expenses	$	2,020	$	2,112
Accrued accounts payable		1,012		528
Accrued professional fees		284		303
Accrued short term settlement costs		221		721
Other accrued expenses		216		425
Deferred rent		46		53
	$	3,799	$	4,142

XML

Quarterly Financial Data

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Quarterly Financial Information Disclosure [Abstract]

Quarterly Financial Data

(8) Quarterly Financial Data (unaudited in thousands, except per share data)

2013	Net sales		Gross profit		Net loss			Loss per share available to common stockholders			Weighted average number of shares outstanding
First quarter	$	7,930	$	5,648	$	(727	)	($	0.07	)		10,820
Second quarter		7,712		5,222	$	(1,882	)	($	0.17	)		10,836
Third quarter		8,290		5,926	$	(589	)	($	0.05	)		10,849
Fourth quarter		9,135		6,289	$	(4,410	)	($	0.41	)		10,863
2012
First quarter	$	6,343	$	4,427	$	(2,264	)	($	0.21	)		10,776
Second quarter		5,931		4,169		(2,943	)	($	0.27	)		10,794
Third quarter		8,183		5,882		(1,465	)	($	0.14	)		10,805
Fourth quarter		7,818		5,553		(2,702	)	($	0.25	)		10,808

XML

Segment Reporting, Geographical Information and Major Customers

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Segment Reporting [Abstract]

Segment Reporting, Geographical Information and Major Customers

(6) Segment Reporting, Geographical Information and Major Customers

(a) Segment Reporting

In accordance with FASB Topic ASC 280, “Segments”, operating segments, are defined as components of an enterprise that engage in business activities for which discrete financial information is available and regularly reviewed by the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) in deciding how to allocate resources and assess performance.

The Company’s CODM is the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”). In the second quarter of 2013, we changed the manner in which Company financial information is reported to the CODM. The Company’s reportable segments have been identified primarily based on the types of products sold. Each reportable segment generates revenue from the sale of medical equipment and related services and/or sale of supplies. The Company has determined there are two segments, Cancer Detection (“Detection”) and Cancer Therapy (“Therapy”).

The Detection segment consists of our advanced image analysis and workflow products, and the Therapy segment consists of our radiation therapy (“Axxent”) products. The primary factors used by our CODM to allocate resources are based on revenues, operating income or loss, and earnings or loss before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, and other specific and non-recurring items (“Adjusted EBITDA”) of each segment. Included in segment operating income are stock compensation, amortization of technology and depreciation expense. There are no intersegment revenues.

We do not track our assets by operating segment and our CODM does not use asset information by segment to allocate resources or make operating decisions.

Segment revenues, segment operating income or loss, and a reconciliation of segment operating income or loss to GAAP loss before income tax is as follows (including prior periods which have been presented for consistency):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Segment revenues:
Detection	$	16,905		$	17,262		$	22,765
Therapy		16,162			11,013			5,887
Total Revenue	$	33,067		$	28,275		$	28,652
Segment operating income (loss):
Detection	$	5,016		$	4,274		$	2,837
Therapy		(52	)		(2,720	)		(7,285	)
Segment operating income (loss)	$	4,964		$	1,554		$	(4,448	)
General and administrative expenses	$	(6,740	)	$	(6,966	)	$	(9,999	)
Interest expense		(3,277	)		(3,415	)		(422	)
Gain on fair value of warrant		(2,448	)		(539	)		—
Other income		19			35			27
Contingent consideration		—			—			4,900
Goodwill impairment		—			—			(26,828	)
Loss on indemnification asset		—			—			(741	)
Loss before income tax	$	(7,482	)	$	(9,331	)	$	(37,511	)

(b) Geographic Information

The Company’s sales are made to distributors and dealers of mammography, electronic brachytherapy equipment and other medical equipment, and to foreign distributors of mammography and electronic brachytherapy equipment. Export sales to a single country did not exceed 10% of total revenue in any year. Total export sales were approximately $1.9 million or 6% of total revenue in 2013, $2.9 million or 10% of total revenue in 2012 and $1.8 million or 6% of total revenue in 2011.

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had outstanding receivables of $0.3 million and $0.8 million, respectively, from distributors and customers of its products who are located outside of the U.S.

(c) Major Customers

The Company had one major customer, GE Healthcare, with approximately $3.7 million in 2013, $4.5 million in 2012, and $6.8 million in 2011 or 11%, 16%, and 24% of total revenue, respectively. Cancer detection products are also sold through OEM partners, including GE Healthcare, Fuji Medical Systems, Siemens Medical and Invivo. These four OEM partners comprised approximately 51% of Detection revenues and 26% of revenue overall. Two customers comprised 35% of Cancer Therapy revenues and 17% of total revenue with approximately $5.6 million in revenue; however neither customer exceeded 10% of total revenue.

OEM partners represented $1.3 million or 17% of outstanding receivables as of December 31, 2013, with GE Healthcare comprising $0.5 million or 7% of this amount. The two largest Cancer Therapy customers comprised $3.1 million or 41% of outstanding receivables as of December 31, 2013. These six customers in total represented $4.4 million or 58% of outstanding receivables as of December 31, 2013.

XML

Commitments and Contingencies

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Commitments And Contingencies Disclosure [Abstract]

Commitments and Contingencies

(7) Commitments and Contingencies

(a) Lease Obligations

As of December 31, 2013, the Company had four lease obligations related to its facilities.

The Company’s executive offices are located in Nashua, New Hampshire and are leased pursuant to a five-year lease (the “Lease”) that commenced on December 15, 2006, and renewed on January 1, 2012 (the “Premises”). The Lease renewal provided for annual base rent of $181,764 for the first year; $187,272 for the second year; $192,780 for the third year; $198,288 for the fourth year and $203,796 for the fifth year. Additionally, the Company is required to pay its proportionate share of the building and real estate tax expenses and obtain insurance for the Premises. The Company also has the right to extend the term of the Lease for an additional five year period at the then current market rent rate (but not less than the last annual rent paid by the Company).

The Company leases office space located in Fairborn Ohio. The Ohio Lease provides for a three (3) year and three (3) month term, which commenced on January 1, 2011 for approximately $43,650 per year, with all amounts payable in equal monthly installments. The Ohio Lease provides the Company with the option to renew the lease for an additional three (3) year period. The Company does not expect to renew the lease at the end of the primary term.

The Company leases a facility in San Jose California under a non-cancelable operating lease which commenced in September, 2012. The facility has office, manufacturing and warehousing space. The operating lease provides for an annual base rent of $248,376, increasing to $260,064 in October 2013, $271,752 beginning October 2014, $283,440 beginning October 2015 and $295,140 beginning October 2016 through September 2017, with all amounts payable in equal monthly installments. Additionally, the Company is required to pay its proportionate share of the building and real estate tax expenses and obtain insurance for the facility.

In addition to the foregoing leases relating to its principal properties, the Company also has a lease for an additional facility in Nashua, New Hampshire used for product repairs, manufacturing and warehousing.

Rent expense for all leases for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $697,000, $799,000 and $957,000, respectively.

Future minimum rental payments due under these agreements as of December 31, 2013 are as follows (in thousands):

Fiscal Year	Operating Leases
2014		500
2015		482
2016		490
2017		255
	$	1,727

(b)    Capital leases obligations

The Company entered into a capital lease agreement for the purchase of certain equipment in August 2013 for approximately $409,000 at a rate of 3.99%. Under the guidance of ASC Topic 840, “Leases” the Company determined that the lease was a capital lease as it contained a bargain purchase option wherein the Company has the option to buy the equipment for $1 at the end of the lease term. Accordingly, the equipment has been capitalized and a liability has been recorded. The equipment cost of $409,000 is reflected as property and equipment in the balance sheet and will be depreciated over its useful life.

Future minimum lease payments under this lease are as follows:

Fiscal Year	Capital Leases
2014		145
2015		145
2016		97
subtotal minimum lease obligation		387
less interest		(24	)
Total, net		363
less current portion		(128	)
long term portion	$	235

(c) Other Commitments

The Company has non-cancelable purchase orders with two key suppliers executed in the normal course of business that total approximately $1.4 million.

(d) Employment Agreements

The Company has entered into employment agreements with certain key executives. The employment agreements provide for minimum annual salaries and performance-based annual bonus compensation as defined in their respective agreements. In addition, the employment agreements provide that if employment is terminated without cause, the executive will receive an amount equal to their respective base salary then in effect for the greater of the remainder of the original term of employment or, for Mr. Ferry, a period of two years from the date of termination and for all other executives a period of one year from the date of termination plus the pro rata portion of any annual bonus earned in any employment year through the date of termination.

(e) Foreign Tax Claim

In July 2007, a dissolved former Canadian subsidiary of the Company, CADx Medical Systems Inc. (“CADx Medical”), received a tax re-assessment of approximately $6,800,000 from the Canada Revenue Agency (“CRA”) resulting from CRA’s audit of CADx Medical’s Canadian federal tax return for the year ended December 31, 2002. In February 2010, the CRA reviewed the matter and reduced the tax re-assessment to approximately $703,000, excluding interest and penalties. The CRA has the right to pursue the matter until July 2017. The Company believes that it is not liable for the re-assessment against CADx Medical and would continue to defend this position, and no accrual was recorded as of December 31, 2013.

(f) Royalty Obligations

In connection with prior litigation, the Company received a nonexclusive, irrevocable, perpetual, worldwide license, including the right to sublicense certain Hologic patents, and a non-compete covenant as well as an agreement not to seek further damages with respect to the alleged patent violations. In return the Company has a remaining obligation to pay a minimum annual royalty payment of $250,000 payable through 2016. In addition to the minimum annual royalty payments, the litigation settlement agreement with Hologic also provided for payment of royalties if such royalties exceed the minimum payment based upon a specified percentage of future net sales on any products that practice the licensed rights. The estimated fair value of the patent license and non-compete covenant is $100,000 and is being amortized over the estimated remaining useful life of approximately four years. In addition, a liability has been recorded within accrued expenses and long-term settlement cost for future payment and for future minimum royalty obligations totaling $0.8 million

During December, 2011, the Company settled litigation with Zeiss and as of December 31, 2013 has a remaining obligation to pay $0.5 million in in June 2015 and $0.5 million in June 2017, for a total of $1.0 million. The present value of the liability is estimated at approximately $0.7 million as of December 31, 2013.

(g) Litigation

On February 18, 2011, in the Orange County Superior Court (Docket No. 30-2011-00451816-CU-PL-CXC), named plaintiffs Jane Doe and John Doe filed a complaint against Xoft, the Company, and Hoag Memorial Hospital Presbyterian asserting causes of action for general negligence, breach of warranty, and strict liability and seeking unlimited damages in excess of $25,000. On March 2, 2011, the Company received a Statement of Damages – specifying that the damages being sought aggregated an amount of at least approximately $14.5 million. On April 6, 2011, plaintiffs Jane Doe and John Doe amended their complaint alleging only medical malpractice against Hoag Memorial Hospital Presbyterian. On April 8, 2011, another complaint was filed in the Orange County Superior Court (Docket No. 30-2011-00465448-CU-MM-CXC) on behalf of four additional Jane Doe plaintiffs and two John Doe spouses with identical allegations against the same defendants. One John Doe spouse from this group of plaintiffs was later dismissed on August 18, 2011. On April 19, 2011, a sixth Jane Doe plaintiff filed an identical complaint in the Orange County Superior Court (Docket No. 30-2011-00468687-CU-MM-CXC), and on May 4, 2011, a seventh Jane Doe plaintiff and John Doe spouse filed another complaint in the Orange County Superior Court (Docket No. 30-2011-00473120-CU-PO-CXC), again with identical allegations against the same defendants. On July 12, 2011, an eighth Jane Doe plaintiff and John Doe spouse filed a complaint in the Orange County Superior Court (Docket No. 30-2011-00491068-CU-PL-CXC), and on July 14, 2011, a ninth Jane Doe plaintiff and John Doe spouse filed another complaint in the Orange County Superior Court (Docket No. 30-2011-00491497-CU-PL-CXC), each with identical allegations as the previously filed complaints. On August 18, 2011, these two groups of Jane Doe plaintiffs and John Doe spouses amended their complaints to correct certain deficiencies. Additionally on August 18, 2011, a tenth Jane Doe plaintiff and two additional John Doe spouses filed a complaint in the Orange County Superior Court (Docket No. 30-2011-501448-CU-PL-CXC), again with identical allegations against the same defendants. On January 18, 2012, three additional Jane Doe plaintiffs and one additional John Doe spouse filed a complaint in the Orange County Superior Court (Docket No. 30-2012-00538423-CU-PL-CXC) with identical allegations against the same defendants. On April 11, 2012, the above-referenced cases were consolidated for all purposes, excluding trial. On May 2, 2012, plaintiffs filed a master consolidated complaint, with the same case number as the original filed complaint. On August 2, 2012, plaintiffs filed fictitious name amendments adding defendants, Mel Silverstein, M.D., Peter Chen, M.D., Lisa Guerrera, M.D., Ralph Mackintosh, Ph.D., Robert Dillman, M.D., and Jack Cox. On September 14, 2012, an additional Jane Doe plaintiff and John Doe spouse filed a complaint in the Orange County Superior Court (Docket No. 30-2012-00598740-CU-PL-CXC) with identical allegations as plaintiffs above against the same original defendants. On October 17, 2012, plaintiff John Doe No. 11 dismissed his complaint, with prejudice, as to all defendants. On November 26, 2012, plaintiffs filed an additional fictitious name amendment adding defendant, American Ceramic Technology, Inc. On January 15, 2013, plaintiffs filed a dismissal, with prejudice, as to defendant, Mel Silverstein, M.D., only. On May 28, 2013, plaintiffs filed an additional fictitious name amendment adding defendant, American Ceramic Technology. On July 11, 2013, American Ceramic Technology filed a cross-complaint for express and implied indemnity, apportionment, contribution and declaratory relief against all defendants. On October 24, 2013, plaintiff’s filed an amended master consolidated complaint. On January 17, 2014, Ralph Mackintosh, Ph.D., Robert Dillman, M.D., Jack Cox, and Hoag Memorial Hospital Presbyterian each filed a cross-complaint for equitable indemnity, contribution and declaratory relief against American Ceramic Technology. It is alleged that each Jane Doe plaintiff was a patient who was treated with the Axxent Electronic Brachytherapy System that incorporated the Axxent Flexishield Mini. The Company believes that all of the Jane Doe plaintiffs were part of the group of 29 patients treated using the Axxent Flexishield Mini as part of a clinical trial. The Axxent Flexishield Mini was the subject of a voluntary recall. These claims are still in the early stages. Based upon our preliminary analysis, the Company plans to vigorously defend the lawsuits however a loss is reasonably possible. Since the amount of the potential damages in the event of an adverse result is not reasonably estimable, we are unable to estimate a range of loss and no expense has been recorded with respect to the contingent liability associated with this matter.

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Policies)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Nature of Operations and Use of Estimates

(a) Nature of Operations and Use of Estimates

iCAD, Inc. and subsidiary (the “Company” or “iCAD”) is an industry-leading provider of advanced image analysis, workflow solutions and radiation therapy for the early identification and treatment of cancer.

The Company has grown primarily through acquisitions to become a broad player in the oncology market. Its industry-leading solutions include advanced image analysis and workflow solutions that enable healthcare professionals to better serve patients by identifying pathologies and pinpointing the most prevalent cancers earlier, a comprehensive range of high-performance, upgradeable Computer-Aided Detection (CAD) systems and workflow solutions for mammography, MRI and CT, and the Xoft eBx system which is an isotope-free cancer treatment platform technology. CAD is reimbursable in the U.S. under federal and most third-party insurance programs.

The Company intends to continue the extension of its image analysis and clinical decision support solutions for mammography, MRI and CT imaging. iCAD believes that advances in digital imaging techniques should bolster its efforts to develop additional commercially viable CAD/advanced image analysis and workflow products. The Company’s belief is that early detection in combination with earlier targeted intervention will provide patients and care providers with the best tools available to achieve better clinical outcomes resulting in a market demand that will drive top line growth.

The Company’s headquarters are located in Nashua, New Hampshire, with manufacturing and contract manufacturing facilities in New Hampshire and Massachusetts, a research and development facility in Ohio and, and, an operation, research, development, manufacturing and warehousing facility in San Jose, California.

The Company operates in two segments, Cancer Detection (“Detection”) and Cancer Therapy (“Therapy”). The Detection segment consists of our advanced image analysis and workflow products, and the Therapy segment consists of our radiation therapy (“Axxent”) products. The Company sells its products throughout the world through its direct sales organization as well as through various OEM partners, distributors and resellers. See Note 6 for segment, major customer and geographical information.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. It is reasonably possible that changes may occur in the near term that would affect management’s estimates with respect to assets and liabilities.

Principles of Consolidation

(b) Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiary, Xoft, Inc. All material inter-company transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

(c) Cash and cash equivalents

For purposes of reporting cash flows, the Company defines cash and cash equivalents as all bank accounts, money market funds, deposits and other money market instruments with original maturities of 90 days or less, which are unrestricted as to withdrawal. Cash and cash equivalents are maintained at financial institutions and, at times, balances may exceed federally insured limits. The Company has never experienced any losses related to these balances. Insurance coverage is $250,000 per depositor at each financial institution, and the Company’s non-interest bearing cash balances exceed federally insured limits. Interest-bearing amounts on deposit in excess of federally insured limits at December 31, 2013 approximated $11.4 million.

Financial Instruments

(d) Financial instruments

Financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, notes payable and warrants. Due to their short term nature and market rates of interest, the carrying amounts of the financial instruments approximated fair value as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, with the exception of warrants. The fair value of warrants is more fully described in Note 1(r).

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

(e) Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Accounts receivable are customer obligations due under normal trade terms. Credit limits are established through a process of reviewing the financial history and stability of each customer. The Company performs continuing credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition and generally does not require collateral.

The Company’s policy is to maintain allowances for estimated losses from the inability of its customers to make required payments. The Company’s senior management reviews accounts receivable on a periodic basis to determine if any receivables may potentially be uncollectible. The Company includes any accounts receivable balances that it determines may likely be uncollectible, along with a general reserve for estimated probable losses based on historical experience, in its overall allowance for doubtful accounts. An amount would be written off against the allowance after all attempts to collect the receivable had failed. Based on the information available, the Company believes the allowance for doubtful accounts as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 is adequate.

Inventory

(f) Inventory

Inventory is valued at the lower of cost or market value, with cost determined by the first-in, first-out method. The Company regularly reviews inventory quantities on hand and records an allowance for excess and/or obsolete inventory primarily based upon the estimated usage of its inventory as well as other factors. At December 31, 2013 and 2012 respectively inventories consisted of the following (in thousands):

	As of December 31,
	2013		2012
Raw materials	$	581	$	878
Work in process		38		47
Finished Goods		1,272		1,194
Inventory	$	1,891	$	2,119

Property and Equipment

(g) Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the various classes of assets (ranging from 3 to 5 years) or the remaining lease term, whichever is shorter for leasehold improvements.

Long Lived Assets

(h) Long Lived Assets

Long-lived assets, other than goodwill, are evaluated for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable through the estimated undiscounted future cash flows from the use of these assets. When any such impairment exists, the related assets are written down to fair value. The Company did not record any impairment losses in the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 or 2011.

Intangible assets subject to amortization consist primarily of patents, technology, and trade names purchased in the Company’s previous acquisitions. These assets, which include assets acquired from Xoft, Inc., are amortized on a straight-line basis or the pattern of economic benefit over their estimated useful lives of 5 to 10 years. A summary of intangible assets for 2013 and 2012 are as follows (in thousands):

	2013		2012		Weighted average useful life
Gross Carrying Amount
Patents and licenses	$	737	$	693	5 years
Technology		25,157		25,033	10 years
Tradename		248		248	10 years
Total amortizable intangible assets		26,142		25,974
Accumulated Amortization
Patents and licenses	$	471	$	433
Technology		11,749		10,088
Tradename		248		223
Total accumulated amortization		12,468		10,744
Total amortizable intangible assets, net	$	13,674	$	15,230

Amortization expense related to intangible assets was approximately $1,724, $1,904 and $2,094 for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively. Estimated remaining amortization of the Company’s intangible assets is as follows (in thousands):

For the years ended December 31:	Estimated amortization expense
2014	$	1,494
2015		1,491
2016		1,485
2017		1,463
2018		1,348
Thereafter		6,393
	$	13,674

Goodwill

(i) Goodwill

In accordance with FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 350-20, “Intangibles - Goodwill and Other”, (“ASC 350-20”), the Company tests goodwill for impairment on an annual basis and between annual tests if events and circumstances indicate it is more likely than not that the fair value of the Company is less than the carrying value of the Company.

Factors the Company considers important, which could trigger an impairment of such asset, include the following:

• significant underperformance relative to historical or projected future operating results;

• significant changes in the manner or use of the assets or the strategy for the Company’s overall business;

• significant negative industry or economic trends;

• significant decline in the Company’s stock price for a sustained period; and

• a decline in the Company’s market capitalization below net book value.

In June 2013, the Company determined that it had two reporting units and two reportable segments based on the information provided to the Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”). Goodwill was allocated to the reporting units based on the relative fair value of the reporting units as of June 2013.

The Company performed an annual impairment assessment at October 1, 2013 based on the new reporting structure and compared the fair value of each of reporting unit to its carrying value as of this date. Fair value of each reporting unit exceeded the carry value by approximately 362% for the Detection reporting unit and 179% for the Therapy reporting unit. The carrying values of the reporting units were determined based on an allocation of our assets and liabilities through specific allocation of certain assets and liabilities, to the reporting units and an apportionment based on the relative size of the reporting units’ revenues and operating expenses compared to the Company as a whole. The determination of reporting units also requires management judgment.

The Company would record an impairment charge if such an assessment were to indicate that the fair value of a reporting unit was less than the carrying value. In evaluating potential impairments outside of the annual measurement date, judgment is required in determining whether an event has occurred that may impair the value of goodwill or intangible assets. The Company utilizes either discounted cash flow models or other valuation models, such as comparative transactions and market multiples, to determine the fair value of our reporting unit. The Company makes assumptions about future cash flows, future operating plans, discount rates, comparable companies, market multiples, purchase price premiums and other factors in those models. Different assumptions and judgment determinations could yield different conclusions that would result in an impairment charge to income in the period that such change or determination was made.

The Company determined the fair values for each reporting unit using a weighting of the income approach and the market approach. For purposes of the income approach, fair value is determined based on the present value of estimated future cash flows, discounted at an appropriate risk adjusted rate. The Company used internal forecasts to estimate future cash flows and includes an estimate of long-term future growth rates based on the most recent views of the long-term forecast for each segment. Accordingly, actual results can differ from those assumed in the forecasts. The discount rate of approximately 25% is derived from a capital asset pricing model and analyzing published rates for industries relevant to the reporting units to estimate the cost of equity financing. The Company uses discount rates that are commensurate with the risks and uncertainty inherent in the respective businesses and in the internally developed forecasts.

In the market approach, the Company uses a valuation technique in which values are derived based on market prices of publicly traded companies with similar operating characteristics and industries. A market approach allows for comparison to actual market transactions and multiples. It can be somewhat limited in its application because the population of potential comparable publicly-traded companies can be limited due to differing characteristics of the comparative business and ours, as well as market data may not be available for divisions within larger conglomerates or non-public subsidiaries that could otherwise qualify as comparable, and the specific circumstances surrounding a market transaction (e.g., synergies between the parties, terms and conditions of the transaction, etc.) may be different or irrelevant with respect to the business.

The Company corroborated the total fair values of the reporting units using a market capitalization approach; however, this approach cannot be used to determine the fair value of each reporting unit value. The blend of the income approach and market approach is more closely aligned to the business profile of the Company, including markets served and products available. In addition, required rates of return, along with uncertainties inherent in the forecast of future cash flows, are reflected in the selection of the discount rate. In addition, under the blended approach, reasonably likely scenarios and associated sensitivities can be developed for alternative future states that may not be reflected in an observable market price. The Company will assess each valuation methodology based upon the relevance and availability of the data at the time the valuation is performed and weight the methodologies appropriately.

A rollforward of goodwill activity by reportable segment is as follows:

	Detection		Therapy		Total
Accumulated Goodwill	$	—	$	—	$	47,937
Accumulated impairment		—		—		(26,828	)
Balance at December 31, 2011		—		—		21,109
Balance at December 31, 2012		—		—		21,109
Fair value allocation		7,663		13,446		—
Balance at December 31, 2013	$	7,663	$	13,446	$	21,109

Revenue Recognition

(j) Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue primarily from the sale of products and from the sale of services and supplies. Revenue is recognized when delivery has occurred, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, fees are fixed or determinable and collectability is probable. For product revenue, delivery has occurred upon shipment provided title and risk of loss has passed to the customer. Services and supplies revenue are considered to be delivered as the services are performed or over the period of the supply agreement.

The Company recognizes revenue from the sale of its digital, film-based CAD and electronic brachytherapy products and services in accordance FASB ASC Update No. 2009-13, “Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements” (“ASU 2009-13”) and ASC Update No. 2009-14, “Certain Arrangements That Contain Software Elements”, (“ASU 2009-14”) and ASC 985-605 “Software”. Revenue for the sale of certain CAD products is recognized in accordance with ASC 840 (“Leases”) (“ASC 840”). Revenue related to certain arrangements was recognized in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 605-35 “Revenue Recognition - Construction-Type and Production-Type Contracts” (“ASC 605-35”). For multiple element arrangements, revenue is allocated to all deliverables based on their relative selling prices. In such circumstances, a hierarchy is used to determine the selling price to be used for allocating revenue to deliverables as follows: (i) vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value (“VSOE”), (ii) third-party evidence of selling price (“TPE”), and (iii) best estimate of the selling price (“BESP”). VSOE generally exists only when the deliverable is sold separately and is the price actually charged for that deliverable. The process for determining BESP for deliverables without VSOE or TPE considers multiple factors including relative selling prices; competitive prices in the marketplace, and management judgment, however, these may vary depending upon the unique facts and circumstances related to each deliverable.

Evidence of an arrangement is determined by the use of customer purchase orders that are subject to the Company’s terms and conditions or, in the case of an Original Equipment Manufacturer (“OEM”) the arrangement would be governed by the applicable distribution agreement. In accordance with the applicable distribution agreements, the OEM does not have a right of return, and title and risk of loss passes to the OEM upon shipment. The Company generally ships Free On Board shipping point and uses shipping documents and third-party proof of delivery to verify delivery and transfer of title. In addition, the Company assesses whether collection is probable by considering a number of factors, including past transaction history with the customer and the creditworthiness of the customer, as obtained from third party credit references.

If the terms of the sale include customer acceptance provisions and compliance with those provisions cannot be demonstrated, all revenue is deferred and not recognized until such acceptance occurs. The Company considers all relevant facts and circumstances in determining when to recognize revenue, including contractual obligations to the customer, the customer’s post-delivery acceptance provisions, if any, and the installation process.

The Company has determined that iCAD’s Digital, MRI and film based sales generally follow the guidance of FASB ASC Topic 605 “Revenue Recognition” (ASC 605”) as the software has been considered essential to the functionality of the product per the guidance of ASU 2009-14. Typically, the responsibility for the installation process lies with the OEM partner. On occasion, when iCAD is responsible for product installation, the installation element is considered a separate unit of accounting because the delivered product has stand-alone value to the customer. In these instances, the Company allocates the deliverables based on the framework established within ASU 2009-13. Therefore, the installation and training revenue is recognized as the services are performed according to the BESP of the element. Revenue from the Digital, MRI and film based equipment when there is installation is recognized based on the relative selling price allocation of the BESP.

Revenue from the Company’s MRI products is recognized in accordance with ASC 985-605 “Software”. Sales of this product include third-party OEM support, and the Company has established VSOE for this element based on substantive renewal rates for support as specified in the agreement. Product revenue is determined based on the residual value in the arrangement, and is recognized when delivered. Revenue for third-party support is deferred and recognized over the support period which is typically on an annual basis.

Sales of the Company’s electronic brachytherapy product typically include a controller, accessories, and service and source agreements. The Company allocates revenue to the deliverables in the arrangement based on the BESP in accordance with ASU 2009-13. Product revenue is generally recognized when the product has been delivered and service and source revenue is typically recognized over the life of the service and source agreement.

The Company defers revenue from the sale of service contracts related to future periods and recognizes revenue on a straight-line basis in accordance with ASC Topic 605-20, “Services”. The Company provides for estimated warranty costs on original product warranties at the time of sale.

Cost of Revenue

(k) Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue consists of the costs of products purchased for resale, cost relating to service including costs of service contracts to maintain equipment after the warranty period, inbound freight and duty, manufacturing, warehousing, material movement, inspection, scrap, rework, depreciation and in-house product warranty repairs, amortization of acquired technology and in 2013, the newly enacted Medical Device Tax.

Warranty Costs

(l) Warranty Costs

The Company provides for the estimated cost of standard product warranty against defects in material and workmanship based on historical warranty trends, including in the volume and cost of product returns during the warranty period. Warranty provisions and claims for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, were as follows:

	2013			2012			2011
Beginning accrual balance	$	36		$	89		$	86
Warranty provision		96			37			107
Usage		(107	)		(90	)		(104	)
Ending accrual balance	$	25		$	36		$	89

The warranty costs above include long-term warranty obligations of $8,000, $10,000 and $13,000 for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2013 and 2011, respectively.

Engineering and Product Development Costs

(m) Engineering and Product Development Costs

Engineering and product development costs relate to research and development efforts including Company sponsored clinical trials which are expensed as incurred.

Advertising Costs

(n) Advertising Costs

The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. Advertising expense for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was approximately $639,000, $762,000 and $938,000 respectively.

Net Loss per Common Share

(o) Net Loss per Common Share

The Company follows FASB ASC 260-10, “Earnings per Share”, which requires the presentation of both basic and diluted earnings per share on the face of the statements of operations. The Company’s basic net loss per share is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the period and, if there are dilutive securities, diluted income per share is computed by including common stock equivalents which includes shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options, net of shares assumed to have been purchased with the proceeds, using the treasury stock method.

A summary of the Company’s calculation of net loss per share is as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):

	2013			2012			2011
Net loss available to common shareholders	$	(7,608	)	$	(9,374	)	$	(37,587	)
Basic shares used in the calculation of earnings per share		10,842			10,796			10,910
Effect of dilutive securities:
Stock options		—			—			—
Restricted stock		—			—			—
Diluted shares used in the calculation of earnings per share		10,842			10,796			10,910
Net loss per share:
Basic	$	(0.70	)	$	(0.87	)	$	(3.45	)
Diluted	$	(0.70	)	$	(0.87	)	$	(3.45	)

The following table summarizes the number of shares of common stock for securities, warrants and restricted stock that were not included in the calculation of diluted net loss per share because such shares are antidilutive:

	2013		2012		2011
Options that are antidilutive:
Common stock options		1,334,955		1,434,945		1,080,722
Warrants		550,000		550,000		—
Restricted Stock		216,250		67,075		122,795
		2,101,205		2,052,020		1,203,517

Restricted common stock is issued to executives and employees of the Company and are subject to time-based vesting. These potential shares were excluded from the computation of basic loss per share as these shares are not considered outstanding until vested.

Income Taxes

(p) Income Taxes

The Company follows the liability method under ASC Topic 740, “Income Taxes”, (“ASC 740”). The primary objectives of accounting for taxes under ASC 740 are to (a) recognize the amount of tax payable for the current year and (b) recognize the amount of deferred tax liability or asset for the future tax consequences of events that have been reflected in the Company’s financial statements or tax returns. The Company has provided a full valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets at December 31, 2013 and 2012, as it is more likely than not that the deferred tax asset will not be realized. Any subsequent changes in the valuation allowance will be recorded through operations in the provision (benefit) for income taxes.

ASC 740-10 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements and prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. ASC 740-10 also provides guidance on de-recognition, classification, interest and penalties, disclosure and transition.

Stock-Based Compensation

(q) Stock-Based Compensation

The Company maintains stock-based incentive plans, under which it provides stock incentives to employees, directors and contractors. The Company grants to employees, directors and contractors, options to purchase common stock at an exercise price equal to the market value of the stock at the date of grant. The Company grants restricted stock to employees. The underlying shares of restricted stock grant are not issued until the shares vest, and compensation expense is based on the stock price of the shares at the time of grant. The Company follows FASB ASC Topic 718, “Compensation - Stock Compensation” (“ASC 718”), for all stock-based compensation. Under this application, the Company is required to record compensation expense over the vesting period for all awards granted.

The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to value stock options which requires extensive use of accounting judgment and financial estimates, including estimates of the expected term participants will retain their vested stock options before exercising them, the estimated volatility of its common stock price over the expected term, the risk free rate, expected dividend yield, and the number of options that will be forfeited prior to the completion of their vesting requirements. Fair value of restricted stock is determined based on the stock price of the underlying option on the date of the grant. Application of alternative assumptions could produce significantly different estimates of the fair value of stock-based compensation and consequently, the related amounts recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Fair Value Measurements

(r) Fair Value Measurements

The Company follows the provisions of FASB ASC Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurement and Disclosures”, (“ASC 820”). This topic defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value under generally accepted accounting principles and enhances disclosures about fair value measurements. Fair value is defined under ASC 820 as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value under ASC 820 must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The standard describes a fair value hierarchy based on three levels of inputs, of which the first two are considered observable and the last unobservable, that may be used to measure fair value which are the following:

• Level 1 - Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

• Level 2 - Inputs other than Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

• Level 3 - Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value

A financial instrument’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

The Company’s assets that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis relate to the Company’s money market accounts. The Company’s liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis relate to contingent consideration resulting from the acquisition of Xoft and the warrants issued in connection with the financing arrangement.

The money market funds are included in cash and cash equivalents in the accompanying balance sheet, and are considered a level 1 investment as they are valued at quoted market prices in active markets.

The fair value measurement for the contingent consideration liability is valued using Level 3 inputs. The Company recorded a contingent consideration liability of $5.0 million based upon the estimated fair value of the additional earn-out potential for the sellers that is tied to cumulative net revenue of Xoft products from January 1, 2011 through December 31, 2013, payable January, 2014. At December 31, 2012, the Company evaluated the revenue expectations of Xoft products and determined that the thresholds were unlikely to be met, and did not record any change in the balance of $0.0 million. As of December 31, 2013, the Company did not meet the cumulative net revenue criteria and accordingly the value of the contingent consideration is $0.0 million.

In connection with the financing as further described in Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, the Company issued 550,000 Warrants to purchase shares of common stock at an exercise price of $3.50 per share. The value of the warrants was determined using a binomial lattice model and the value is based on significant inputs not observable in the market including the probability of exercise and the probability of a major transaction. The significant assumptions underlying the fair value of the warrants are as follows:

	December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012
Warrants
Exercise price	$	3.50		$	3.50
Volatility		56.2	%		82.4	%
Equivalent term (years)		4.00			5.00
Risk-free interest rate		1.3	%		0.8	%

The following table sets forth Company’s assets and liabilities which are measured at fair value on a recurring basis by level within the fair value hierarchy.

Fair value measurements using: (000’s) as of December 31, 2013
	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Assets
Money market accounts	$	7,572	$	—	$	—	$	7,572
Total Assets	$	7,572	$	—	$	—	$	7,572
Liabilities
Contingent Consideration	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—
Warrants		—		—		3,986		3,986
Total Liabilities	$	—	$	—	$	3,986	$	3,986

Fair value measurements using: (000’s) as of December 31, 2012
	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Assets
Money market accounts	$	12,336	$	—	$	—	$	12,336
Total Assets	$	12,336	$	—	$	—	$	12,336
Liabilities
Contingent Consideration	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—
Warrants		—		—		1,538		1,538
Total Liabilities	$	—	$	—	$	1,538	$	1,538

The following table provides a summary of changes in the fair value of the warrants during the period are as follows (in thousands):

Warrants	Amount
Balance as of December 31, 2011	$	—
Value at issuance		999
Loss from change in fair value of warrant		539
Balance as of December 31, 2012		1,538
Loss from change in fair value of warrant		2,448
Balance as of December 31, 2013	$	3,986

Items Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

Certain assets, including our goodwill, are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. These assets are recognized at fair value when they are deemed to be impaired. We recorded an estimated impairment charge for goodwill of $26.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2011. We did not consider any assets to be impaired during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

(s) Recently Issued Accounting Standards

In July 2013, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2013-11, Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists (“ASU 2013-11”). ASU 2013-11 requires the netting of unrecognized tax benefits (“UTBs”) against a deferred tax asset for a loss or other carryforward that would apply in settlement of the uncertain tax positions. UTBs are required to be netted against all available same-jurisdiction loss or other tax carryforwards that would be utilized, rather than only against carryforwards that are created by the UTBs. ASU 2013-11 is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2013. The adoption of ASU 2013-11 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Debt

The Company has determined that the Facility Agreement will be accounted for as debt pursuant to ASC 470, Debt (“ASC 470”).

Sales of Future Revenues or Various Other Measures of Income

The proceeds of the Revenue Purchase Agreement will be capitalized as debt in accordance with ASC 470-10-25, “Sales of Future Revenues or Various Other Measures of Income”. Expected revenue related payments under this agreement are included as interest expense in the period incurred.

Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity

The Company determined the Warrants should be classified as debt in accordance with ASC 480, “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity”, as the Warrants contain a feature whereby the Company could be required to redeem the Warrants for cash upon the occurrence of a major transaction, as defined in the Warrants. The value of the Warrants was determined using a binomial lattice model as the provisions in the Warrant could not be valued using the Black-Scholes model. The Warrant is being valued at fair value at each reporting period with changes in fair value recorded in the consolidated statement of operations.

Segment Reporting

(a) Segment Reporting

In accordance with FASB Topic ASC 280, “Segments”, operating segments, are defined as components of an enterprise that engage in business activities for which discrete financial information is available and regularly reviewed by the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) in deciding how to allocate resources and assess performance.

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Assets and Liabilities which are Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis (Detail) (Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring [Member], USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Assets
Total Assets	$ 7,572	$ 12,336
Liabilities
Total Liabilities	3,986	1,538
Money Market Accounts [Member]
Assets
Total Assets	7,572	12,336
Contingent Consideration [Member]
Liabilities
Total Liabilities
Warrants [Member]
Liabilities
Total Liabilities	3,986	1,538
Level 1 [Member]
Assets
Total Assets	7,572	12,336
Liabilities
Total Liabilities
Level 1 [Member] | Money Market Accounts [Member]
Assets
Total Assets	7,572	12,336
Level 1 [Member] | Contingent Consideration [Member]
Liabilities
Total Liabilities
Level 1 [Member] | Warrants [Member]
Liabilities
Total Liabilities
Level 2 [Member]
Assets
Total Assets
Liabilities
Total Liabilities
Level 2 [Member] | Money Market Accounts [Member]
Assets
Total Assets
Level 2 [Member] | Contingent Consideration [Member]
Liabilities
Total Liabilities
Level 2 [Member] | Warrants [Member]
Liabilities
Total Liabilities
Level 3 [Member]
Assets
Total Assets
Liabilities
Total Liabilities	3,986	1,538
Level 3 [Member] | Money Market Accounts [Member]
Assets
Total Assets
Level 3 [Member] | Contingent Consideration [Member]
Liabilities
Total Liabilities
Level 3 [Member] | Warrants [Member]
Liabilities
Total Liabilities	$ 3,986	$ 1,538

XML

Segment Reporting, Geographical Information and Major Customers - Summary of Segment Revenues, Segment Operating Income or Loss, Segment Adjusted EBITDA and a Reconciliation of Segment Operating Income or Loss to GAAP Loss (Detail) (USD $)	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Sep. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Sep. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2012	Mar. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Segment revenues:
Total revenue	$ 9,135,000	$ 8,290,000	$ 7,712,000	$ 7,930,000	$ 7,818,000	$ 8,183,000	$ 5,931,000	$ 6,343,000	$ 33,067,000	$ 28,275,000	$ 28,652,000
Segment operating income (loss):
Segment operating income (loss)									(1,776,000)	(5,412,000)	(37,116,000)
General and administrative expenses									(6,740,000)	(6,966,000)	(9,999,000)
Interest expense									(3,277,000)	(3,415,000)	(422,000)
Gain on fair value of warrant									(2,448,000)	(539,000)
Other income									0
Contingent consideration											4,900,000
Goodwill impairment											(26,828,000)
Loss on indemnification asset											(741,000)
Loss before income tax expense									(7,482,000)	(9,331,000)	(37,511,000)
Detection [Member]
Segment revenues:
Total revenue									16,905,000	17,262,000	22,765,000
Segment operating income (loss):
Segment operating income (loss)									5,016,000	4,274,000	2,837,000
Therapy [Member]
Segment revenues:
Total revenue									16,162,000	11,013,000	5,887,000
Segment operating income (loss):
Segment operating income (loss)									(52,000)	(2,720,000)	(7,285,000)
All Reporting Segments [Member]
Segment operating income (loss):
Segment operating income (loss)									$ 4,964,000	$ 1,554,000	$ (4,448,000)

XML

Income Taxes (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]

Components of Income Tax Expense

The components of income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

	2013		2012		2011
Current provision (benefit):
Federal	$	—	$	—	$	—
State		126		43		76
	$	126	$	43	$	76

Summary of Effective and the Federal Statutory Income Tax Rate

A summary of the differences between the Company’s effective income tax rate and the Federal statutory income tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 is as follows:

	2013			2012			2011
Federal statutory rate		34.0	%		34.0	%		34.0	%
State income taxes, net of federal benefit		2.3	%		4.0	%		1.8	%
Net state impact of deferred rate change		0.1	%		0.1	%		0.2	%
Stock compensation expense		(2.0	%)		(1.8	%)		(0.4	%)
Goodwill impairment		0.0	%		0.0	%		(24.3	%)
Contingent consideration		0.0	%		0.0	%		4.4	%
Other permanent differences		(11.7	%)		(2.4	%)		(0.5	%)
Change in valuation allowance		(27.6	%)		(34.4	%)		(15.6	%)
Other		3.3	%		0.0	%		0.4	%
Effective income tax		(1.6	%)		(0.5	%)		0.0	%

Deferred Tax Assets (Liabilities)

Deferred tax assets (liabilities) are comprised of the following at December 31 (in thousands):

	2013			2012
Inventory (Section 263A)	$	233		$	298
Inventory reserves		156			182
Receivable reserves		29			52
Other accruals		938			1,159
Deferred revenue		1,256			897
Accumulated depreciation/amortization		(2	)		179
Stock options		2,070			1,808
Developed technology		(3,464	)		(3,915	)
Tax credits		2,176			1,698
NOL carryforward		34,059			34,288
Net deferred tax assets		37,451			36,646
Valuation allowance		(37,451	)		(36,646	)
	$	—		$	—

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Schedule of Current Inventory (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Accounting Policies [Abstract]
Raw materials	$ 581	$ 878
Work in process	38	47
Finished Goods	1,272	1,194
Inventory	$ 1,891	$ 2,119

XML

Income Taxes - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Schedule Of Income Tax Expense [Line Items]
NOL carryforward	$ 94,900,000
Total net operating loss carryforward	34,059,000	34,288,000
Net operating losses	(1,776,000)	(5,412,000)	(37,116,000)
Operating losses carryforwards	15,200,000
Net operating losses	2,000,000
Future Income tax liabilities offset With operation loss carryforward	2,200,000
Tax credit carryforwards	3,900,000
Deferred tax assets
Tax credit carryforward expiration year	2033
Unrecognized tax benefits	0	0
Adjustment to liabilities or operations	0	0
Xoft Inc [Member]
Schedule Of Income Tax Expense [Line Items]
Tax credit carryforwards	1,800,000
Deferred tax assets	0
Xoft, Inc. Acquisition [Member]
Schedule Of Income Tax Expense [Line Items]
Net operating losses	0	0
Operating losses carryforwards	9,500,000
Net operating losses	$ 473,000
Minimum [Member]
Schedule Of Income Tax Expense [Line Items]
Expiring date of net operating loss carryforward	2016
Maximum [Member]
Schedule Of Income Tax Expense [Line Items]
Expiring date of net operating loss carryforward	2033

XML

Stockholders' Equity - Summary of Stock Option Activity for all Stock Option Plans (Detail) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Beginning balance	1,434,945	1,080,722	1,058,705
Granted	46,537	693,601	631,357
Exercised	(48,427)		(15,000)
Forfeited	(98,100)	(339,378)	(594,339)
Ending balance	1,334,955	1,434,945	1,080,722
Price range per share, Exercised		$ 0	$ 4.00
Weighted Average, Beginning Balance	$ 4.75	$ 9.75	$ 12.25
Granted	$ 5.42	$ 2.43	$ 5.35
Exercised	$ 3.00	$ 0.00	$ 4.00
Forfeited	$ 11.62	$ 15.95	$ 9.60
Weighted Average, Ending Balance	$ 4.34	$ 4.75	$ 9.75
Minimum [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Price range per share, Beginning Balance	$ 2.00	$ 2.75	$ 4.00
Price range per share, Granted	$ 4.46	$ 2.00	$ 2.75
Price range per share, Exercised	$ 2.15
Price range per share, Forfeited	$ 2.09	$ 2.85	$ 3.00
Price range per share, Ending Balance	$ 2.00	$ 2.00	$ 2.75
Maximum [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Price range per share, Beginning Balance	$ 26.40	$ 26.40	$ 26.40
Price range per share, Granted	$ 10.02	$ 3.70	$ 7.10
Price range per share, Exercised	$ 6.50
Price range per share, Forfeited	$ 20.50	$ 24.40	$ 24.40
Price range per share, Ending Balance	$ 26.40	$ 26.40	$ 26.40

XML

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data	Total	Common Stock [Member]	Additional Paid-in Capital [Member]	Accumulated Deficit [Member]	Treasury Stock [Member]
Beginning Balance at Dec. 31, 2010	$ 73,210	$ 109	$ 163,536	$ (89,485)	$ (950)
Beginning Balance, shares at Dec. 31, 2010		10,876,749
Issuance of common stock relative to vesting of restricted stock, net of 11,468, 4,789 and 5,249 shares forfeited for tax obligations in 2011, 2012 and 2013 respectively	(67)	1	(68)
Issuance of common stock relative to vesting of restricted stock, net of 11,468, 4,789 and 5,249 shares forfeited for tax obligations in 2011, 2012 and 2013 respectively, shares		59,153
Issuance of common stock pursuant to stock option plans	60		60
Issuance of common stock pursuant to stock option plans, shares	15,000	15,000
Shares added to treasury pursuant to litigation settlement	(465)				(465)
Stock-based compensation	904		904
Net loss	(37,587)			(37,587)
Ending Balance at Dec. 31, 2011	36,055	110	164,432	(127,072)	(1,415)
Ending Balance, shares at Dec. 31, 2011		10,950,902
Issuance of common stock relative to vesting of restricted stock, net of 11,468, 4,789 and 5,249 shares forfeited for tax obligations in 2011, 2012 and 2013 respectively	(12)		(12)
Issuance of common stock relative to vesting of restricted stock, net of 11,468, 4,789 and 5,249 shares forfeited for tax obligations in 2011, 2012 and 2013 respectively, shares		43,031
Issuance of common stock pursuant to stock option plans, shares
Stock-based compensation	996		996
Net loss	(9,374)			(9,374)
Ending Balance at Dec. 31, 2012	27,665	110	165,416	(136,446)	(1,415)
Ending Balance, shares at Dec. 31, 2012		10,993,933
Issuance of common stock relative to vesting of restricted stock, net of 11,468, 4,789 and 5,249 shares forfeited for tax obligations in 2011, 2012 and 2013 respectively	(28)		(28)
Issuance of common stock relative to vesting of restricted stock, net of 11,468, 4,789 and 5,249 shares forfeited for tax obligations in 2011, 2012 and 2013 respectively, shares		41,759
Issuance of common stock pursuant to stock option plans	146	1	145
Issuance of common stock pursuant to stock option plans, shares	48,427	48,427
Stock-based compensation	1,202		1,202
Net loss	(7,608)			(7,608)
Ending Balance at Dec. 31, 2013	$ 21,377	$ 111	$ 166,735	$ (144,054)	$ (1,415)
Ending Balance, shares at Dec. 31, 2013		11,084,119

XML

Accrued Expenses

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Payables And Accruals [Abstract]

Accrued Expenses

(3) Accrued Expenses

Accrued expenses consist of the following at December 31, (in thousands):

	2013		2012
Accrued salary and related expenses	$	2,020	$	2,112
Accrued accounts payable		1,012		528
Accrued professional fees		284		303
Accrued short term settlement costs		221		721
Other accrued expenses		216		425
Deferred rent		46		53
	$	3,799	$	4,142

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Schedule of Intangible Assets (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Gross Carrying Amount
Gross Carrying Amount	$ 26,142	$ 25,974
Accumulated Amortization
Accumulated Amortization	12,468	10,744
Total amortizable intangible assets, net	13,674	15,230
Patents and Licenses [Member]
Gross Carrying Amount
Gross Carrying Amount	737	693
Weighted average useful life	5 years
Accumulated Amortization
Accumulated Amortization	471	433
Technology [Member]
Gross Carrying Amount
Gross Carrying Amount	25,157	25,033
Weighted average useful life	10 years
Accumulated Amortization
Accumulated Amortization	11,749	10,088
Tradename [Member]
Gross Carrying Amount
Gross Carrying Amount	248	248
Weighted average useful life	10 years
Accumulated Amortization
Accumulated Amortization	$ 248	$ 223

XML

Financing Arrangements - Interest Included in Consolidated Income Statement (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Debt Disclosure [Abstract]
Cash interest expense	$ 2,155	$ 2,015
Non-cash amortization of debt discount	674	845
Amortization of debt costs	182	167
Amortization of settlement obligations	266	388	422
Total interest expense	$ 3,277	$ 3,415	$ 422

XML

Stockholders' Equity (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Equity [Abstract]

Summary of Stock Option Activity for all Stock Option Plans

A summary of stock option activity for all stock option plans is as follows:

	Option Shares			Price range per share	Weighted Average
Outstanding, January 1, 2011		1,058,705		$4.00-$26.40	$	12.25
Granted		631,357		$2.75-$7.10	$	5.35
Exercised		(15,000	)	$4.00	$	4.00
Forfeited		(594,339	)	$3.00-$24.40	$	9.60
Outstanding, December 31, 2011		1,080,722		$2.75-$26.40	$	9.75
Granted		693,601		$2.00-$3.70	$	2.43
Exercised		—		$0.00	$	0.00
Forfeited		(339,378	)	$2.85-$24.40	$	15.95
Outstanding, December 31, 2012		1,434,945		$2.00-$26.40	$	4.75
Granted		46,537		$4.46-$10.02	$	5.42
Exercised		(48,427	)	$2.15-$6.50	$	3.00
Forfeited		(98,100	)	$2.09-$20.50	$	11.62
Outstanding, December 31, 2013		1,334,955		$2.00-$26.40	$	4.34

Share Based Compensation Shares Authorized under Stock Option Plans Exercisable at

Exercisable at year-end	Option Shares		Price range per share	Weighted average exercise price
2011		679,716	$2.80-$26.40	$	12.40
2012		485,553	$2.00-$26.40	$	7.06
2013		743,910	$2.00-$26.40	$	5.09

Stock-Based Compensation Expense Including Options and Restricted Stock by Category

The Company’s stock-based compensation expense, including options and restricted stock by category is as follows (amounts in thousands):

	Years Ended December 31,
	2013		2012		2011
Cost of revenue	$	21	$	15	$	14
Engineering and product development		228		178		172
Marketing and sales		273		242		224
General and administrative expense		680		561		494
	$	1,202	$	996	$	904

Options Granted under the Company's Stock Incentive Plans, Valuation Assumptions and Fair Values

Options granted under the stock incentive plans were valued utilizing the Black-Scholes model using the following assumptions and had the following fair values:

	Years Ended December 31,
	2013	2012	2011
Average risk-free interest rate	0.53%	0.98%	2.51%
Expected dividend yield	None	None	None
Expected life	3.5 years	3.5 years	3.5 years
Expected volatility	57.6% to 68.9%	65.9% to 68.9%	67.0% to 69.3%
Weighted average exercise price	$5.42	$2.43	$5.35
Weighted average fair value	$2.35	$1.17	$2.65

Summary of Restricted Stock Activity for All Stock Option Plans

A summary of restricted stock activity for all stock option plans is as follows:

	Years Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Beginning outstanding balance		67,075			122,795			153,215
Granted		196,250			—			62,000
Vested		(47,008	)		(47,820	)		(59,153	)
Forfeited		(67	)		(7,900	)		(33,267	)
Ending outstanding balance		216,250			67,075			122,795